Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(161 - 179 of 179)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1977-1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible ...
Show more This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty adviser or the dean of the college. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 25, EXPENSES PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 98, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the interim in January. . . MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8 de~artments. . . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student MINOR . . . . . ELECTIVE.. . from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. , . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and activities are available to enrich your educafion, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or cofee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. The Campus I 1 Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Library Science Hall Old Main Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center The Quadrangle Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) --= --Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21 st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The 4- 1 -4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with class size averaging 2 5 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Recommended Programs for students in Dual Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and Engineering at Augsburg College. Any Augsburg academic major that meets the recommendations listed below would be eligible to participate in the Engineering program at Michigan Technical University or Washington University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg, and two years at either university. The majors that would most typically meet the recommendations would be physics, chemistry, and mathematics. Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors such as linguistics and library science are available through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. First Year English 11 1 Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 Religion 11 1 Electives in English or Social Science Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3 Second Year Economics 1 2 2 Math 2 2 4 , 226 Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 Physics 245 Foreign Language Religion Electives in Humanities or Social Science Third Year Advanced Math or Science Political Science 121 Electives to meet distribution requirements and to make a total of 2 6 courses Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg 1 1 1, English - 2 courses; General Biology 11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course Some variation from these recommendations can be accommodated since not all courses listed above are required in every Engineering curriculum and some may be transferred as free electives in some curricula. Questions may be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct communications with the head of the appropriate department at either Michigan Technological University or Washington University in St. Louis. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty advisor early in the freshman year. *Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may - wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course; English 1 1 1 and a second course (English 21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are acceptable second courses, Students exempted from the freshman English requirement may elect higher level English courses or general electives). Health Ed. 11 0 Math 11 4 (students who have a math proficiency beyond college algebra may elect to take calculus or general electives). Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses) Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour requirements courses should be chosen so as to fulfill the distribution requirements in humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g.. history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg Freshman English1Communications 2 courses; Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course; Chemistry (must include laboratory): General 11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory level; Other - anthropology, economics, geography, history and political science, psychology, social science and sociology courses can usually be used to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater and upper division foreign languages). Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the college of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. The library is open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual Center includes audio and television studios, and provides film rental and related services. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. [he interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange s, and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan camwses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to the intercollegiate programs requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice auring the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg College is undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to pursue an honors program should address inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean. lnternship Program The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Science degree. The degree Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble, and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, student activities, and residence living. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Career Planning and Placement services are available to all students, and a Minority Coordinator provides special support services and programs for minority students on campus. The office of Student Financial Services provides assistance with financial problems. A special Foreign Student Adviser works with students from other countries. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. students' rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student Government The Buckley Amendment Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects Students have the right to inspect all official records, files, and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Challenges may be made to the judicial council for a hearing. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for araduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission, complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5 . After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation The Transfer Process 1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4 3 . Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1 . After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 . Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for tHe program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 80% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately 80% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0 from Augsburg and all other sources. And federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 . Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $230. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE - See Study Abroad Adviser, Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson during the interim. - $2,850. SPECIAL FEES Study Abroad - NOT Cinema Arts, $20 Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy, $1 . o o . Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or $7.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Partial Board and Room - $1,310 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $915 5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract.'' Student Teaching, $ 3 5 A lunch contract is available to non-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year, 1977-78 Cost Summary Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0 Tuition - $2,850. (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half year billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second half year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 . Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his registration and/or being released from his housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule.. . 100% through the first five days of classes 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student to forced to cancel his registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. Students required by military law to enter the service will receive a full refund of tuition and proportionate refund on room charges. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 1 3 in one department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major [except Elementary Education] and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 3 5 total courses required. 5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. a. A course in writing (English Ill) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments (two different departments): economics, history, political science, sociology; and one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one or two additional activities in a semester. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Registration Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson Probation and Dismissal Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe JUNIOR, Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts SENIOR, below 1 . 6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7 - 15 courses below 1 . 9 having taken 1 6 - 2 4 courses below 2.0 having taken 2 5 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded PIN. Grading An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 . Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students may select the traditional grading system in other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average For transfer students all grades are averaged to determine graduation with distinction. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 3 5 courses required for the degree. lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore . . 7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation. periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol # Courses may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. "Meets urban requirement. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and 3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others): * History of the United States American Studies 2 3 1, 260 History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5 (American emphasis) Religion 352, 3 6 3 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 2 6 5 Art 102 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78 # Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381, 3 8 3 Social Work 3 5 1, 463 * "American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) * 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Spring) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson 132 PHOTOGRAPHY STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3 art history courses, including 107; and three from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 . The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white photographic processes. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1 art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from 1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 , 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY. Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. 221 SCULPTURE l ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388. Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 223 PRINTMAKING I Fine arts and the environment in the local and world setting. Topics include art history, urban archaeology and environmental design leading towards appreciation and criticism. Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING 1 Introduction to painting media. Application of historical and contemporary techniques in acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography. typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall. Spring) 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 350 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 351 CERAMICS II Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. Creative clay pieces with the throwing and handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART 355 PAINTING II A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8. Fall, Spring) 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq. : 10 7 or #) 399 INTERNSHIP 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) (K-12) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) Advanced work in various media, including silk Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 478 SCULPTURE II Three major works in any of the following media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood, stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 (Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring) 111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 , 11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I); 3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill); 4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V); Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . ) 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring) 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 19 78. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate years). An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.. 112, 361, or 4'. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 491 SEMINAR A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on 476 MICROBIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 , 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring) Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Business Education 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295, 495 TOPICS If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring. Offered alternate years) 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (Interim) an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 108 CALCULATING MACHINES 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76) Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 76- 77) Economics MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 . 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 . Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120. Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above 3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ; and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Certification after July, 1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are also advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and 1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 11 5. Spring) 325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY This course is intended to meet the needs of medical technology majors and others not working toward a chemistry major. Theory and practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric . analysis and electrochemistry is covered in some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed. Theory and practice of spectroscopic, chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not meet requirements for a chemistry major.) 351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.) 361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate. with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen Major Concentration A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. East Asian Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization and/or comparative studies; and two or more independent study and/or seminar courses. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to certification in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and Nursery School, and Secondary Education. Certification programs are offered in the following majors: American Studies, Art, Biology, Business Education, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for certification requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 and electives 2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the major. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hidher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs, Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim) 425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #.) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 . Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2 . 0 overall. 3 . Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary Education c ) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical education, or music majors Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 72. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 . Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. - 1 , B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their area. A person working for certification in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 , the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2 , For social studies certification: The program leading to certification in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for further information. 3 . The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Fall) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (See Language Department for information) Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Fall) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq.: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall, Spring) school library. Extensive study of-evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Library Science 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological Univeristy in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving - financial aid who are participants in the Three. Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics 121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math 124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or 448) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Group Leadership, Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and 3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8 and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 . AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ; Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244; French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 , 2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Fall or Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (19 76- 77) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 19 76- 77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 368 MODERN DRAMA 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions, contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Fall, Spring) 490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Chinese Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at pre-registration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for certification. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0 GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. (Offered 19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second.semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. lnterim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 ) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered alternate years.) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL 111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient enrollment) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Spring 19 7 7) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Fall, 19 76) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7) Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall 1 9 76) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 , Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring) I I 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or #. Fall) Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or equivalent. Fall) 31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some laboratory work and field experience required. Offered 1 9 77 Interim) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq. 3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate years.) standing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 , Spring) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered Spring, 19 77. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 . (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1, 3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: under- A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (On demand) A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353, Fall, 1977) Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 19 78) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate years) An introduction to Spanish-American literature. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become certified teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and 3 . 0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1 200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairperson of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman. 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history, (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples, The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (SPrin g) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 ) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 ) Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781 Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and alternate years) Interdisciplinary Studies 357 FIELD EXPERIENCE lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions, aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life and learning in Urban Scandinavia. The student works in a community agency or institution. Reports and logs required. 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA 358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN STUDIES A review of current literature on urbanism, Seminar discussions. This interdisciplinary core course in urban studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines the extent, the nature, and the processes of urbanization taking place in contemporary Scandinavia and the changing settlement patterns and community developments that were associated with it. Minneapolis Urban Studies Term 359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS An overall view of the city as a political, economic, social system. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term 372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE This course includes a two-week intensive language study coupled with a series of 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA This is the second core urban studies course. In addition to the study of the housing developments themselves, this course pays close attention to the policies, the structures, the processes and character of the comprehensive social planning integrally related to the housing programs. Department of Math Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics in finite mathematics including linear programming, probability, and statistics with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Spring) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and math models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 215 LINEAR ALGEBRA 399 INTERNSHIP A study of vector spaces, linear tran~f~rmations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics in real and complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.: 3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods. COBOL and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods. Machine language and FORTRAN. Materials primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 . Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1, 11 2 and two additional upper division (usually 3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or 11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 . Metro-Urban Studies Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ; Business Administration 131 ; Computer Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ; History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban Affairs (HECUA): 1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST) A "semester in the city" program focused upon the Twin City metro area. 2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A "semester in the city" located at the University of Oslo and focused upon Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning. Other electives in Urban Studies can also be taken at other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). For further information on these electives through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies, consult the director of the program. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karlen MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458, two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. Consult with the Education Department for requirements. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years; 2 years in a music organization; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476, or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies including organ and voice; Performance Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435, 495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 , 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (folk dancing recommended); elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6 recommended). Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six-month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therpy. MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 , 260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 , 457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of Performance Studies; Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 , 121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music and electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. Eligibility for application for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy is made possible upon satisfactory completion of a six month internship in an NAMT approved institution, in addition to the above degree program in Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261, 4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Students intending to major in Music or Music Therapy must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 1 0 2 . Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in Music Therapy: 7 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: All majors: 2 years; minor, one year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term in Augsburg. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102, 224, Spring) Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 458 CONDUCTING The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 457 CONDUCTING 476 ORCHESTRATION 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music Therapy Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 . Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 1 9 79). MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and 3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 6 1 . In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 , 11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) , 351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4 and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. For admission to the program, a student must have completesd an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing, with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.3, and have a current license to practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or be preparing to sit for the state board examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing students are expected to complete course work in: Introductory sociology, introductory psychology, English composition, inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. Students enrolling without course work in these areas, or having taken course work at non-accredited institutions, are expected either to test out of the courses or to take the required course work before undertaking the last year of the program. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 , 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communications, is also required in addition to the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above. 301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0 . nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Seminarilaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clients/families in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 3 2 0 , and 325). 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING 425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know about the world? What impact did oma antic ism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: 130 LOGIC Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 ) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 ) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 ) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox, (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 , 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing to become certified teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231, 232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472, 4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10, 11 1, 350, 351, 360. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 , 243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 . Sprin g) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching health and physical education at the secondary and elementary levels. (Fall) Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP 223 TEAM SPORTS Consult department chairman. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming. Fall) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 482 COACHING OF SPORTS History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50, 3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 , 35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Health Education 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and three courses above 1 2 2 . HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult witti the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226, 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226, 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 261 ELECTRONICS 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.: 245, 351, 352, Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to systematically explore a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; 3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122, 158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 . The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic. Students interested in secondary education may take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information on these and pending options. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #, Fall term of election years.) 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. * 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd. Prereq.: #). Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. * 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judical process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision- making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology. including readings from individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics: Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. :#) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson I I MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105, 264, 265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355, 367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 261. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study A structure the field psychology include psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq. : 105, Fall) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 35 1, Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended, Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105, Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1, Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor.) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 , Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.. 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 , 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3 and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. Religion 11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other courses. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time certify a Religion major or minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 . 11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES 361 CHURCH FATHERS The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions. monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS (See under Department of Music) A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the vadety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 19 76- 77) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 475 JUDAISM New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 495 SEMINAR An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Scandinavian Area Studies MAJCR: 8 upper division courses. 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 19 76) and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 ) 372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE AND CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 19 76) 373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE See under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for certifications are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, or the Education Department for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students who desire a broad major in this area. This major consists of 1 4 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses in history; a distribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses: 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 , Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9 or 4 9 5 ) B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. For a Social Science major with a Non-Western emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382, 495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353, 461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social Sociology and Social Work - Sociology Chairman: Robert Grams MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. [Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.] This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above) HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Aubsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1. Spring) The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 , 231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257 (optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461, 463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5 courses in the Department of Sociology and Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or 1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 . Specializations in social work are available by appropriate selection of field experience and selection of a course as follows: for Aging, social work 372; for Corrections, sociology 373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer School). 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Anthony R. Wagner MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in Sociology and Social Work is allowed. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325, and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 . SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections, and Youth. A specialization consists of one Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in two senior year Social Work courses in the area of specialization. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods (a lecture-discussion session and a laboratory session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall) 362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: Junior, or #. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8 hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week. (Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring. Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra class period per week.) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3 ) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall) 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional social worker in selected social welfare agency with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.: 46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examinatiqn in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ; Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology 1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 , Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and Philosophy 1 3 0 . COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1 and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in forensics. 11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English. 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY and communication. (Fall) See under Department of Political Science. 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Spring) Theater Arts THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 , 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in drarntic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective group functioning. (Fall) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. f SP rin g) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241 or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION 399 INTERNSHIP 232 ACTING Consult Department Chairman for details. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design, and sign, a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year; (the contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906 Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0 Summary of Graduates Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,315 Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University, Department Chairman CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D, 1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) *RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Duke University BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of America 'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota *DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota *CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach) I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) "ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota *ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota *ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska *ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H. 1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College *GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University, Department Chairman 'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University, Department Chairman *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 , Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota "ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota (Spanish) *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 , Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) *IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois, and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota *DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice) *NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Bruce Gildseth Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Eugene Ecklund Carl Stromer Douglas P. Wasko Robert Gores Herald Johnson Charles Gerster Mildred Nelson Therese Morrison Michael Walgren James Carey Joseph Roberts Edwin Hovey Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charles Anderson F. Mark Davis Mildred Joel Beverly Wegge Marjorie Sibley James Olson Louise McColl Cynthia Mandl DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson Sigvald Hjelmeland Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Irene Steenson a . PUBLIC RELATIONS Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Mattos ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Jennifer Harvey Kathryn Lange Raymond Dahlof Leslie Samuelson STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh ........................ .................................. ......................... ................ . .......... Academic Administration 27 Academic Life................................. -12 Accreditation 7 Administration ................................. 97 Admission to the College 22 Advanced Placement 23 AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3 American Studies 32 Anthropology .84 Art. Department of -3-2 Bachelor of Music Degree 17, R 3 Biology. Department of -34 Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5 Business Administration 38 Business Education ............................ -30 Calendar 12 Campus 7 CampusMap 8 -41 Chemistry. Department of Chinese 51 Classification .................................. 31 Communications 87 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -62 Conservation of Human 15 Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy 1 5 70 Courses of Study 31 -32 Course Descriptions 32 31 Credit by Examination Degrees ...................................... 1 7 Divisional Organization 27 Early Admission ................................ 23 Early Decision 23 East Asian Studies .............................. 43 Economics .................................... 3 9 Education. Department of 43 Education. Elementary 44 Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5 Engineering 1 5 . 47 English. Department of .......................... 4 8 Enrollment 89 Expenses 25 12. 9 0 Faculty ................................... Financial Aid -24 Financial Information -25 Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5 Foodservice 19 51 French ForeignLanguages ............................. 51 25 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements 12 Geography .................................... 59 53 German Grading ...................................... 29 89 Graduates (1870.1975) Graduates. Summary of 89 27 Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction 30 ............................... .................................. ............................. .................... .......................... ......................... ...................................... ...................................... ................................... ....................... ....................................... ............................... . ............. .............................. .......................... . ........................... ............................. ........................... .......................... .................................. ........................ ........................... ............................... .................................... ..................................... ................................. ........................... ................................... ........................................ ........................ .................. .................................... ........................... .......................... ........................ ...................... Greek ........................................ 55 HealthEducation 72 History of Augsburg College ...................... 8 History Department of 57 Honors Program ................................ 1 7 Housing 19 Identification .................................. 6 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -30 Inter-Institutional Programs 14 Intercollegiate Athletics 18 Journalism ................................... -87 Library Science ................................ 4 R Location 6 Majors ........................................ 12 Mathematics. Department of 60 Medical Technology ......................... 15 €32 Metro-Urban Studies 62 Metro-Urban Studies 17 Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of ............................ 63 Music Therapy ................................. 6 5 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science 67 New Dimensions Program ........................ 19 Norwegian 55 Numbering of Courses ........................... 31 Nursing 67 Personnel of the College 97 Pre-Professional Training 13 Philosophy Department of 68 Physical Education 70 Physics Department of .......................... 7 2 Political Science Department of 74 Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8 Psychology. Department of 77 Recreation 18 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Registration -28 Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9 Religious Life .................................. 1 8 Room Costs -25 Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81 Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2 Social Work .................................... 85 Sociology. Department of -83 Spanish ....................................... 5 6 -87 Speech. Department of Student Life ................................... 1 8 18 Student Services ............................... Summer School 17 Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7 Symbol(#) 31 . 3 2 88 Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major 89 Transfer to Augsburg 22 25 Tuition and Fees ................................ 7 Visiting the Campus ............................... ........................... . ...................................... . ............ ....................... .......................... ...................................... ...................... . ............................ .................... ................. ................................ .................................... ....................................... ......................... ........................ ........................ . . .............................. . ................... ....................... .................................... .................................. .................................. ........................ .......................... ................................ ................................. ................................... .......................... ............................ ............................. Academic Calendar For 1977-78 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1977 Sept. 6-7 Sept. 8 Sept. 21 Oct. 2 4 Nov. 2 3 Nov. 2 3 NOV.24-27 Nov. 2 8 Dec. 1 4 Dec. 1 5 Dec. 16-21 Dec. 22-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Reading Day Final Examinations Christmas Holidays lnterim 1978 Jan. 3 Jan, 27 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1 978 Feb. 1 Feb. 1 4 Mar. 1 7 Mar. 18-Mar. 26 Mar. 2 7 Apr. 21 May 1 2 May 15-18 May 21 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1978
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1978
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a ...
Show more SUMMER 78 ffice d AUGSBURG TERM I TERM I1 I KegTsTm COLLEGE May 30. June 23 . June 26 August s I GENERAL INFORMATION ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e o f one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s ( s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s ) . LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e with a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e o f AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS may be pursued d u r i n g t h e summer i n a number of departments. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e Summer School Off i c e . CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must be made a t t h e Surwer School O f f i c e . No course may be added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . COSTS SUMMER SCHOOL CHARGES i n c l u d e a General Fee of $20. T u i t i o n i S $220 p e r course. Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may be charged f p r some c o u r s e s . (Students who p r e r e g i s t e r b e f o r e March 17 w i l l pay $200 p e r c o u r s e ; between March 18 and A p r i l 14 $210, a f t e r A p r i l 14 $220 per course.) - A DEPOSIT of $35 must accompany t h e P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e courses l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should be c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a course ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s $110 p l u s $20 g e n e r a l f e e . I n courses w i t h l i m i t e d e n r o l l m e n t , p r e f e r e n c e w i l l be g i v e n t o f u l l - t u i t i o n s t u d e n t s . REGISTRATION i s t o be completed not l a t e r than t h e f i r s t day of each term a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . ALL CHARGES f o r the term must be p a i d b e f o r e t h e r e g i s t r a t i o n i s complete. A Late R e g i s t r a t i o n Fee o f $10 w i l l be added f o r s t u d e n t s who complete r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t day o f t h e term. TUITION REFLTND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE w i l l be allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . (Such refund i s 100% l i m i t e d by t h e non-refundable d e p o s i t . ) 80% 60% No refund w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d dates. 40% May June - June July August M T 28'29 5 4 11 12 18 19 30 6 13 20 31 7 14 21 25 2 9 16 23 3 0 27 4 11 18 25 1 28 5 12 19 26 . 2 26 3 10 17 24 3 1 W T F S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 3 10 17 24 29 6 13 20 27 3 1 8 15 22 29 5 30 7 14 21 28 4 TERM I May 30 - TERM I1 June 26 June 23 - August 4 S W R STUDENTS may take one course d u r i n g Term I and two courses d u r i n g Term 11, f o r a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e two r e g u l a r terms. PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e advised t o p r e r e g i s t e r a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s i n c e courses w i t h o u t s u b s t a n t i a l demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. - S CANCELLATION DATE TERM I TERM I1 May 30-31 June 26-28 June 1-2 June 29-July 3 June 5-6 J u l y 5-7 June 7-8 J u l y 10-12 STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n from t h e D i r e c t o r of Housing. Limited food s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e , supplenented by s e v e r a l r e s t a u r a n t s and snack shops i n the Augsburg v i c i n i t y . FINANCIAL A I D FOR SUMMER SCHOOL - l i m i t e d t o t h e Guaranteed Student Loan. For s t u d e n t s c a r r y i n g a t l e a s t one-half t h e normal f u l l - t i m e load. I f the a d j u s t e d family income of t h e s t u d e n t i s l e s s than $25,000 per y e a r o r i f f i n a n c i a l need i s e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h o s e n o t i n t h i s c a t e g o r y , t h e F e d e r a l Government pays t h e f u l l i n t e r e s t on the loan while t h e s t u d e n t i s i n c o l l e g e . When repayment b e g i n s , the s t u d e n t pays t h e f u l l 7% i n t e r e s t on t h e loan. Maximum loan is' $2500 per y e a r o r t h e c o s t of e d u c a t i o n , whichever i s l e s s and t h e aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e College, a t some banks, and from Minnesota S t a t e Loan O f f i c e . Deadline: A p p l i c a t i o n s must be f i l e d w i t h t h e l e n d e r by March 20, 1978. S i n c e p r o c e s s i n g takes up t o 10 weeks, t h e a p p l i c a t i o n must be f i l e d t h i s e a r l y . It is the policy of Augsburg College not to d~scrirn~nate on the basis of race, ,creed, national or ethn~corigin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1 9 7 3 as amended In its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10165 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10107 ' Title: Drawing Drawing i n p e n c i l , c h a r c o a l , i n k , and p a s t e l s . Subjects i n c l u d e s t i l l - l i f e , f i g u r e s , b u i l d i n g i n t e r i o r s and e x t e r i o r s , and experimental work. I n s t r u c t o r : Dorothy Williamson ( 1 s t meeting 5/30, Class meets: Term I , Time arranged. 7:00 p.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 Needle A r t B a s i c and advanced s t i t c h e s of k n i t t i n g and n e e d l e p o i n t . How t o d e s i g n o n e ' s own c r e a t i o n s from s w e a t e r s t o w a l l hangings. B a r g e l l o w i l l be considered i n n e e d l e p o i n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:OOp.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- ' -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10221 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10132 Title : Title: Photography The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and expression with a t t e n t i o n given t o black and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Should have a c c e s s t o a 35 mm camera. Limited t o 15 s t u d e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m.) Location: A r t S t u d i o Sculpture I An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s c u l p t u r e . Thre-dimensional problems d e a l i n g p r i m a r i l y w i t h form and s c a l e . P r o j e c t s w i l l be developed from w i t h i n s t r i c t d e s i g n l i m i t a t i o n s toward f r e e and c r e a t i v e s o l u t i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Robert F r i e d e r i c h s e n Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: A r t S t u d i o - Lower l e v e l -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10242 DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10161 Title: 1 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o B a t i k and Tie Dye Experiments with a v a r i e t y of a r t forms i n b a t i k and t i e dye. Creation of a b a t i k wall-hanging, and t h e combination of b a t i k and/or tie-dye w i t h o t h e r a r t forms. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Drawing I o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r . I n s t r u c t o r : Eleanor Conrad Class meets: Term I , 9:50-12:OO and 12:30-1:40 -M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o -- 2 Film Making I Discussion and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i o n and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y experience. Add. $70.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rus t e n Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: E a s t H a l l -- I DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 10270 Title: I Portable F i b e r Techniques Basic techniques i n weaving on any frame, round o r rectangular. Basic s t e p s i n the a n c i e n t a r t of basketry i n modern f i b e r s and designs. I n s t r u c t o r : Beverly Skoglund Class meets : Term I, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 5/30 -Location: Title: Ceramics I An i n t r o d u c t o r y t o t h e making of p o t t e r y w i t h an emphasis on h a n d b u i l d i n g and g l a z i n g . Limited e n r o l l m e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen Class meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - A r t Studio DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10290 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10350 A r t H i s t o r y Survey A survey of a r t from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times. Includes reading, r e s e a r c h , viewing of s l i d e s , v i s i t s t o museums. I n s t r u c t o r : Mary Swanson Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: A r t Studio 6 -- DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10351 Title: Ceramics I1 Advanced work i n ceramics w i t h an emphasis on throwing Limited o r h a n d b u i l d i n g and a c o n t i n u a t i o n of g l a z i n g . enrollment. I n s t r u c t o r : Norman Holen C l a s s meets: Term 11, 8:30-11:30 a.m. M-W-F Location: A r t S t u d i o Lower l e v e l -- - DEPARTMENT OF ART A r t 10342 Title: Film Making I1 Advanced course f o r those with previous experience i n f i l m making. Add. $70.00 fee. I n s t r u c t o r : Paul Rusten Class meets: Term 11, Time arranged. ( 1 s t meeting 6/26 7:00 p.m. Location: East Hall -- DEPARTMENT OF ART By s p e c i a l arrangements t h e f o l l o w i n g c o u r s e s may be taken independently: A r t 10118 & 10355 P. Thompson P a i n t i n g I and I1 Printmaking I and I1 A r t 10223 & 10368 P. Thompson A r t Methods Education 45361 D. Williamson - - - - - - DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20367 DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20103 1 Title: Title : Human Anatomy and Physiology A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course runs 10 weeks. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin Mickelberg Class meets: Terms I and 11, 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 205 l e c t u r e Science 214 l a b -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20107 Title: ' Biochemistry An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n , c a r b o h y d r a t e s , l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g i n t e r mediary metabolism. I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets: Term I, 10:30-12:30 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21101 Minnesota Summer Flowering P l a n t s Title: Use of standard keys of i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of l o c a l summer f l o r a . Recognition of common p l a n t s and understanding of taxonomic r e l a t i o n s h i p s . F i e l d t r i p s f o r study and c o l l e c t i n g purposes. I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta L m e r s M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 20108 Title: I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e accounting c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 19 - - -- DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21262 Microbiology Title: Basic m i c r o b i a l f e a t u r e s a r e considered a s w e l l a s a p p l i c a t i o n of microbiology t o the f i e l d s of medicine. and s a n i t a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Ken Holman Class meets : Term I, Lecture 8:OO-10:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10:30-1:30 M-W-F Location: Lecture Science 212; Lab Science 202 -- - P r i n c i p l e s of F i n a n c i a l Accounting - I n t e r m e d i a t e Accounting I An a n a l y s i s of a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s , income concepts, c a p i t a l s t o c k and s u r p l u s a c c o u n t s , c u r r e n t and l o n g term a s s e t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Amin Kader Class meets: Term I , 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 2.2 -- DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY &emistry 34105 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22120 Title: Title: Economics of Urban I s s u e s This course, t h e f i r s t semester of a two semester sequence i s designed t o present an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some of the b a s i c concepts of chemistry which a r e important i n any a r e a involving t h e use of chemical science. Chemical language, chemical r e a c t i o n s and e q u a t i o n s , c a l c u l a t i o n s , i n s i g h t i n t o the chemical bond and p r o p e r t i e s of s o l u t i o n s a r e a l l a p a r t of t h i s i n t r o d u c t i o n . The l a b o r a t o r y w i l l i l l u s t r a t e some of the concepts presented. High School Chemistry i s n o t required. I n s t r u c t o r : E a r l Alton Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 12:OO-3:00 p.m. T-W-Th Location: Lecture Science 315 Science 327 Lab Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:OO p.m. Location: Science 212 -- DEPARTMENT OF ECDNOMI CS Economics 22122 Title : -- P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Macro) - An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. I n s t r u c t o r : Garson Sher Class meets: Term I , 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 Title: -- - P r i n c i p l e s of Economics (Micro) -- Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l blemistry Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o photometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . I n s t r u c t o r : A r l i n Gyberg Class meets: Term 11, Lecture 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Lab 10 :30- 12 :30 T-W-Th Location: Lecture and Lab Science 318 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Economics 22123 An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s . a n d income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n of elementary economic t h e o r y t o market p o l i c y . I n s t r u c t o r : Edward S a b e l l a Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 M,W Location: Memorial 1 - DEPARTMENT OF rnEMISTRY Chemistry 34353 -- Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Chemistry DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44375 J Title: Discovery i n the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, e x p l o r a t i o n of m a t e r i a l s , and review of teaching approaches. Laboratory experience i n classroom. (Limited enrollment. Consent of i n s t r u c t o r required. ) Instructor: Lauretta Pelton Class meets : Term I , Time arranged Location: Library 4 -- 9 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54231 T i t l e : Modern Women W r i t e r s ; DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Education 44481, 44482, 44483 o r 44484 Title: The c l a s s w i l l begin with a d i s c u s s i o n of modernism, and go on t o e x p l o r e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f a number of B r i t i s h women w r i t e r s t o t h e modernist t r a d i t i o n . Among the q u e s t i o n s t o be asked a r e , a r e we a s women doubly a l i e n a t e d ? I s o u r a r t d i f f e r e n t from men's? How do we c r e a t e o u r sense of o u r own i d e n t i t y ? Equal a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e a e s t h e t i c , s t r u c t u r a l , thematic and p o l i t i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e reading. I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Main 8 Student Teaching (Elementary, Kindergarten o r Nursery School) Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences i n elementary schools under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and public school personnel. Add. $15 fee. P r e r e q u i s i t e : Acceptance i n t o the education department I n s t r u c t o r : Steve Reuter Class meets: Term I and/or Term I1 Location : Arranged -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54242 E f f e c t i v e Writing Title: The study of composition with emphasis upon expository Correct usage, l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and t h e writing. research paper. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Sargent Class meets : Term I, 11:10-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Library 1 - S t u d i e s i n t h e American Film This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e some o f the d i f f e r e n t types of American f i l m , i n c l u d i n g t h e Western f i l m , the g a n g s t e r f i l m , the h o r r o r f i l m and o t h e r s . We w i l l c o n s i d e r what elements i n a f i l m h e l p u s determine a f i l m type and how t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of a f i l m type o f f e r us a means of understanding and a p p r e c i a t i n g many f i l m s . Some f i l m viewing o u t s i d e of c l a s s time w i l l be r e q u i r e d . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Location: L i b r a r y 1 - -- -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 54219 Title: British Advanced Writing: Exposition Designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : John M i t c h e l l M,W Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Location: A r t Studio 6 . -- DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH E n g l i s h 54382 Title: The American Novel 1 A s t u d y of major and r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of s e l e c t e d American n o v e l i s t s from t h e beginning t o t h e p r e s e n t . I n s t r u c t o r : Ronald P a l o s a a r i Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72111 Title: DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY H i s t o r y 56163156363 Beginning German I Title: Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s with no previous background i n Ge m a n . I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location : Science 22 -- \ 1 Beginning German I1 For s t u d e n t s who have had German 111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h school German. I n s t r u c t o r : William Oyler M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. Location: Science 22 DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 82110 -- Title: Western C i v i l i z a t i o n and I t s E s t h e t i c T r a d i t i o n - Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n a Personal View" t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y course u s e s a s a background the c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works of Europe t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s seen through i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: A r t S t u d i o 6 -- Music Therapy: A C l i n i c a l Overview V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an o v e r n i g h t t r i p t o a neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music t h e r a p y undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non-therapy majors. -$lo f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n . Need for f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps o v e r n i g h t . (Previously o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy. ) I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler Class meats: Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Main 28 LO ca t i o n : DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY His t o r y 56215 Title: I n every f i e l d t h e r e have been v i s i o n a r i e s whose p e r c e p t i o n of t h e i r world surpassed t h e i r contemporaries. Among s e v e r a l f i g u r e s t o be s t u d i e d a r e Alexander t h e Great and J u l i u s Caesar, P e r i c l e s and Cicero, S o c r a t e s and Paul of Tarsus, Homer and V i r g i l . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: Science 22 -- DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 72112 Title: Larger Than L i f e : A Study of Major P e r s o n a l i t i e s of the Ancient World and T h e i r Contribution t o Wes t e r n C i v i l i z a t i o n -- \ DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83130 Title: - Logic Suppose someone g i v e s you reason and then says you must accept a p a r t i c u l a r conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the r u l e s which govern v a l i d arguments and work t o develope your a b i l i t y t o recognize and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth Bailey M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. Location: Main 21 I1' -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83390 Title: The Nature of t h e Mystic Vision This course w i l l examine some of t h e key concepts of mysticism with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r p h i l o s o p h i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s . The concepts of negation, e c s t a c y , purgation, contemplation w i l l be s t u d i e d a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s o u l t o God, n a t u r e mys t i c i s m , c u l t mysticism e t c . W r i t e r s such a s P l o t i n u s , John of the Cross, Meister Eckhart w i l l be read. The r e l a t i o n of mysticism t o p o e t r y , a r t , and music w i l l a l s o be i n v e s t i g a t e d . No p r e r e q u i s i t e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets: Term I, 3:30-6:40 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location : Science 205 -- I DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55 107 Title: Basic S a i l b o a t Cruising This course i s designed f o r the beginning and intermediate s a i l o r . It w i l l begin with classroom i n s t r u c t i o n on terminology, equipment, p o i n t s of t h e wind, navigation e t c . On t h e water i n s t r u c t i o n w i l l be a major p a r t of the course. An a c t u a l c r u i s e has been planned on Lake Superior i n a 3 2 ' f i x e d k e e l boat. You w i l l a c t a s a crew member, a s w e l l a s helmsperson on t h i s c r u i s e . A $100 f e e w i l l be charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . This w i l l cover boat r e n t a l a s w e l l a s food on t h e extended c r u i s e . Maximum r e g i s t r a t i o n i s 12. I n s t r u c t o r : Joyce P f a f f Class meets: Term I , 5:10-8:20 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: S i Melby 24 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AM) HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55110 Title: I Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e i n d i v i d u a l and t h e community. I n s t r u c t o r : Pam Paulson Class meets: Term I, 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-T-W-ThgF Location: S i Melby 12 -- DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Philosophy 83450 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Physical Education 55231 Title : Title: Philosophies of Feminism P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and implicat i o n s of matriarchial/patriarchial, p r o - f e m i n i s t l a n t i f e m i n i s t c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of the v i r g i n . I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Fuehrer Class meets : Term I , 11:.lo-1 :40 M-T-W-Th-,F Location: Science 22 - -- I-4 I n d i v i d u a l and Dual Sports Theory and p r a c t i c e i n s k i l l s , teaching, and o f f i c i a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l and d u a l s p o r t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I, 9:50-12:20 Location: S i Melby 12 -f I r DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH Health Education 55320 Title: I T-m - School Health Curriculum Techniques f o r developing a course of s t u d y based upon growth and development f o r grades K-12. S p e c i a l work u n i t s i n n u t r i t i o n and d i s e a s e s . (Prerequisites: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 s e r i e s ; a l s o permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ) I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Borstad Class meets: Term I, 6:50-10:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: ~i elb by 13 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of P h y s i c a l Education 55477 & I( course) - - Title: Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l Theory, t e c h n i q u e and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e a s p e c t s o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . (2nd h a l f of Term I ) I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin Inniger Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 24 I -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55485 . DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education 55410 T i t l e : Applied Adapted A c t i v i t i e s Title: Administration and Supervision of t h e School Health Program Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n of ambulation, s e l f c a r e , adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H. Ed. 355 Instructor: Chester Nelson Class meets: Term I, Time a r r a n g e d , 1st meeting 5/30, 6:30 Location: S i Melby 12 p.m. H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l b a s e s , school h e a l t h s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h program and resources. Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n h e a l t h education with l a b o r a t o r y experience i n classroom and community. P r e r e q u i s i t e : 320 , Instructor: Richard Bors tad Class meets : Term 11, 8 :50-10 :15 M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 12 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION Department of Physical Education 55475 (112 course) Title: DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION P h y s i c a l Education 55491 Title: .YI Prevention and Care of A t h l e t i c I n j u r i e s Emphasis placed on preventing i n j u r i e s . Treatment of common a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . P r a c t i c a l experience i n t a p- i n g and training-room procedures. ( 1 s t h a l f - of Term I ) '1 L P r e r e q u i s t e : 350 I n s t r u c t o r : Ervin I n n i g e r Class meets: 7:lO-9:40 a.m. Location: S i Melby 24 -- I i Includes A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t of d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f neuro-muscular re-education. Prerequisites: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. 'Tnstructor: C h e s t e r Nelson Class meets: Term 11, Time a r r a n g e d , 1 s t meeting 6/26, 6:30 ->cation: S i Melby 12 - ( Therapeutic Exercise %- -- - -, I , DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 84101 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86105 Title: Title: Astronomy A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary a l g e b r a . Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The n e c e s s a r y o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e , an e i g h t - i n c h C e l e s t r o n , a s w e l l a s a 3-inch Questar. I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Science 22 -- 1 General Psychology Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures a s s o c i a t e d with t h e study of behavior. I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Marken Class meets: Term 11, 7:15-8:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Locat ion; Science 205 I -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYGAOLOGY Psychology 86130 DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL S CIENCE P o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e 85170 Title: Law i n the United S t a t e s A survey of American Law and l e g a l process. Theories of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , lawyers, and j u r i e s ; t h e United S t a t e s C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law a s p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . I n s t r u c t o r : Myles Stenshoel M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. Location: L i b r a r y 1 Title: The C h i l d ' s World: Cognitive Development The development of the c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n language, reasoning and judgment. Add. $3.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th Location: Library 1 -- -- DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL P o l i t i c a l Science 85342 Title: s CIENCE Mass Communications i n S o c i e t y E f f e c t s of mass connnunications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; the uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g the s t u d y of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and p u b l i c a f f a i r s programming. I n s t r u c t o r : Milda Hedblom Class meets: Term I, 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: L i b r a r y 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86320 Title : he. Peer Group : A Developmental View This course w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e r o l e of t h e peer group i n normal development, peer p r e d i c t i o n of a d u l t maladjustment, and the use of peer groups. This course w i l l be o f f e r e d a s an upper d i v i s i o n course according t o the above d e s c r i p t i o n and a s a graduate course with the a d d i t i o n of a research paper on a s p e c i f i c t o p i c w i t h i n peer group literature. I n s t r u c t o r : Grace Dyrud Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-3:30 p.m. M-T-W-Th Location: Science 205 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94111 DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Psychology 86351 Title: Developmental Psychology: Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Inquiry i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:00 a.m. M-T-W-7%-F ~ o c a t i o t:i Science 205 -- L i t e r a t u r e of C h r i s t i a n Devotion S i g n i f i c a n t w r i t i n g s from t h e second c e n t u r y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Among works considered a r e t h o s e of Augustine, Bernard of Clairvaux, Catherine of Siena and D i e t r i c h Bonhoeffer; understanding o f t h e s p i r i t u a l l i f e a s d i s c l o s e d i n t h e s e Christian classics. I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Quanbeck Class meets: Term I , 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87372 Title: R e l i g i o n s of I n d i a : -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94121 Title: P r i n c i p l e s of Sociology Sociology a s a mode of a n a l y s i s o r way of knowing. Its a p p l i c a t i o n s t o an understanding of b a s i c a s p e c t s of s o c i e t y ; s o c i a l i z a t i o n , family l i f e , s o c i a l i n e q u a l i t i e s , l a r g e - s c a l e i n s t i t u t i o n s , e t c . Sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Robett Grams Class meets: Term 11, 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94255 Hinduism and Buddhism H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o the present. Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu r i t u a l . I n s t r u c t o r : John Benson Class meets: Term 11, 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 205 -- Che c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e of t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , 1 with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human c o m u n i t y i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. I n s t r u c t o r : Garry Hesser I M-T-W-Th Class meets: Term I , 8:30-12:00 Loc.ation: Main 7 ' DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Religion 87370 Title: T i t l e : Human Community and the Modern Metropolis Child Title: Youth Work i n a Wilderness Medium Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i v i d u a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Add. $60.00 f e e . I n s t r u c t o r : Doug Perry Class meets : Tern I, 1st s e s s i o n 5/30, 9 :50 a.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- i - - - 1 DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication, T h e a t e r A r t s 98111 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94356 Title: Title : Contemporary C o r r e c t i o n s I I I I -- -- . Beginning Speech Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : J u l i e Driver Class meets: Term I , 11:lO-1:40 M-T-W-Th-F Location: Science 123 An a n a l y s i s of a d u l t c o r r e c t i o n a l programs and p r o c e s s e s . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n , and s i t e v i s i t s t o c o r r e c t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s and government o f f i c e s . Instructo - r : Vern Bloom Class meets: Term 11, 1:35-5:00 p.m. T,Th Location: Memorial H a l l 1 -- I I DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER ARTS Speech, Communication & Theater A r t s 98367 I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology 94375 I Title: Theater i n Minneapolis I I Title : I I I I Studying, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g both t h e a c t i n g and production s i d e of f i v e plays. I n s t r u c t o r : Ailene Cole S o c i a l Psychology An examination of t h e i d e a of "groupYtfi t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l behavior and s o c i e t y . An a n a l y s i s of t h e i d e a s of " s e l f " a n d t ' i d e n t i t y " and what p a r t they p l a y i n understanding i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s and human behavior. :121 and Psych. 105 I n s L r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo M-T-W-Th-F Class meets: Term I , 8:30-11:OO a.m. Location: Main 18 --- -Class meets: Location: Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W 2815 4 1 Avenue So., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55406 Telephone: 721-2565 - HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y S t u d i e s 60382/60383/60499 HECUA -- Title: San Francisco Summer Term I I I DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK S o c i a l Work 95472 Title: I Three course c r e d i t s on t h e 4-1-4 c o l l e g e system, o r t h e i r e q u i v a l e n t , a r e earned i n the San Francisco Summer Term. The eight-week summer program r e q u i r e s 45 hours of academic and f i e l d work experience p e r week. S o c i a l S e r v i c e s f o r Older Persons I I I I Focus upon p e r s o n a l and s o c i a l needs of i s o l a t e d e l d e r l y of t h e community, and r e s i d e n t s of n u r s i n g homes. C o m u n i c a t i o n s , e f f e c t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p and p r a c t i c e s t y l e , family f a c t o r s , and s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . P r e r e w i t e s : S o c i a l Work major, j u n i o r o r s e n i o r s t a n d i n g o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r I n s t r u c t o r : Nancy English T,Th Course meets : Term 11, 6 :00-9:30 p.m. Location: Memorial H a l l 1 I - The program w i l l o p e r a t e from June 6 August 1, 1978. The academic c e n t e r w i l l be the f a c 5 l i t i e s of the U n i v e r s i t y of San Francisco. I n t e r n s h i p placements w i l l be i n t h e City of San Francisco. For f u r t h e r information on t h i s program c o n t a c t t h e summer school O f f i c e o r D r . Garry Hesser, HECUA r e p r e s e n t a w t i v e on t h e Augsburg campus. 23 I I Addendum DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 55111 Title: S a f e t y and Drug E d u c a t i o n An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what can be done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. Instructor: Staff C l a s s m e e t s : Term I, 8:30-11:OO a.m., M-T-W-Th-F Location: S i Melby 1 3 -- APPROVAL FORM PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and univers i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of such i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s been a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y been dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . & $Ed $ &~%~ITI?@ $0 hg.!~bwrg C o f i g e doh Z h e Fa&? T m 04 Z h e cuhhent @$Q.i@@t $@ &-tend S m m SchooL, ab m e ~ U L A O V L A a d m i t t e d b y p ; o k h p &&J%~io &&.@d Rkis y m . I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg S-er School w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e is i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e s ~ e s er s s i o n s . (A form C r e d i t s cannot b e f o r t h i s purpose is a t t h e bottom of t h i s page.) t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s requirement h a s been f u l f i l l e d . DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 21120 OTHER PERSONS & k i n g t o &kc A ~ ~ U ~Wc V h oLo LWO& ~ h o u R dwntaot Xhe DhCLCdoh 06 SlImVWL S c h o o l ZO ab C e h t k n C . & g i b a y ~ d U bi p e d d cincmmcen. Title: ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t does n o t imply admission a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg College. Persons w i s h i n g t o b e g i n a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Business A s u r v e y c o u r s e o f contemporary American b u s i n e s s , i n c l u d i n g i t s r e s p o n s e s t o environment, t h e forms o f o w n e r s h i p , i n t e r n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n and management. Topics i n c l u d e : p r o d u c t i o n , m a r k e t i n g , f i n a n c e , s t a f f i n g and management. The c o u r s e p r o v i d e s t h e b u s i n e s s s t u d e n t w i t h a f o u n d a t i o n f o r advanced c o u r s e s ; f o r o t h e r s , i t p r o v i d e s a b a s i s f o r s o l v i n g t h e more common i n d i v i d u a l and f a m i l y economic problems. I n s t r u c t o x : Mary J o Wammer C l a s s m e e t s : Term 11, 6:OO-9:30 T,Th L o c a t i o g : Main 19 - ELIGIBILITY (This form i s t o b e used by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r than Augsburg College. Augsburg Summer School c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t h a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) S t u d e n t ' s Name:.. - . C o l l e g e o r U n i v e r s i t y .; -- -. - .- . The person named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c h o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg College. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: -_ S i g r t a t u m a n d lcwe TVean, w-G o h~ o . , ~ ~ i - - m ~ e b ~ or ~ ~ c E dam t o S w n m m S c h o o l , A u g ~ b w r g C o l l e g e , U i n n e a p o U , Mn. 55454) ( ReXww~ c o m p l e t e d
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1977
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1977
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em...
Show more 7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. I' Graduation Requirements To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one interim for graduation). There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n an interim course. One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . Gradin~ComeListings Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s indicated i n the course description. Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . Options June I n t e r i m At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . Internships S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g the interim. I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e ( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13. , 1 I I Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y 3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of evaluation). S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d . I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e Hall). Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e interim course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s , though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim director. Class Times The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e interim. C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0 and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O . Interim Calendar November 1-4 Interim Registration December 6 Interim Registration January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m Class I 9 : 0 0 a.m. C l a s s I1 1 : U U p.m. January 4 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d January 7 L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system J a n u a r y 21 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s J a n u a r y 28 I n t e r i m ends &eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) . Art Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m . L a h Fee o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: None f o r Film-making I You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making I1 Humanities Time: I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l S p a t i a l Design I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working, t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c , e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more. Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an a r t major. Prerequisites : None aistribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art S t u d i o Biology-Physics 20322 ( B i o l o g y ) 84322 ( P h y s i c s ) Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis): S p e c i a l Science Seminar Instructors : Oak R i d g e Robert Herforth Kermit P a u l s o n * A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n " l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg. ( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g . T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o undergraduate students. Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s . Prerequisites: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 30 Plants i n --- Human S o c i e t i e s (Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? ) * P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l Training Division f o r t h i s course. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 Business-Economics 21495 ( B u s i n e s s ) 22495 (Economics) T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s L e c t u r e , programming knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d . a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s . I I1 I11 O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface 1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts 2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e 3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e 1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s 2) Permanent f i l e s 3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s 4) Other u t i l i t i e s COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c ) 1 ) Elements 2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s $18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Economics Principles of Economics (Micro) Instructor: S n y t a Gupta An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m , m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Chemistry Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry Instructors; E a r l Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r . Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s . Prerequisites: Distribution : Chemistry 106 o r 116 None Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11) Introduction to Chemical Research I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major Distribution: Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e *' h w Instructor : John Holum .a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d' 11 b 'ha& .kta ' 185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll WL a t of ~ he b k d k EU hzomnft k ~ d p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ? m e S w a . ~ i l' Q h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&. W ~ r*e L swtm f Wh*? IE'~ yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW \arZIRp $c, kh& h m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r ft ~ W ~ O U ITP ~ p . ~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk WbMM BBuUSn* h* I bagw day4 c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l f i b e r w i l l be needed. Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s . Prerequisites: Distribution: High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 320 Education-Sociology S c h o o l and t h e Urban ---- Community Instructors: J o e l Torstenson C a r o l Morl T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g . I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g laboratory. T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n . I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t . I t is a l s o considered t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program. Maximum e n r o l l m e n t : Prerequisites : 20 P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I koom: L i b r a r y 201 Education Introduction , To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y Instructor: E i n s r Johnson The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g : 1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and emotionally disturbed. 2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f mainstreaming. Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a . V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l education. Special fees: S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s , h o n o r a r i a : $15.00 Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: I Room: L i b r a r y 4 S LuJenL T e a c h i n g Instructor: E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson S t ~ ~ ~ l cw n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s . Opportunities a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1. Prereguisites: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359. Time: To he a r r a n g e d Room: Lihrory 8 D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n Instructor: L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d . B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255; a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram n or an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e Distribution: Time: I Room: Library 1 English The L i t e r a t u r e - of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery, InsLrucLor : Detection L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h [ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r J e k y l and Mr. Flyde by Edgar A l l e n P o e , by Mary S h e l l e y , by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n , Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote. B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy class discussions. Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ , of h i s choice. &-. Prerequisites : None D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n Humanities Tine: I1 Room: Old Main 21 ~ Underground Film Instructor: John M i t c h e l l Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n , v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner, S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s . Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d , s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s . I Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I Room: Science H a l l 123 The Contemporary Beyond S t a r T r e k : S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e science f i c t i o n w r i t e r ) Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n . This c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form. The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week. Additional fee: Prerequisites: Distribution: Grading: $10.00 S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n Humanities Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 25 C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop: Poetry Instructor: J o n i s Agee T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/ c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s . Evaluation w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f t h e workshop. C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e attendance a t l o c a l poetry events. I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston of t h e English f a c u l t y Prerequisites: Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: College of S a i n t Catherine T h e ~ r r ei n --- London Instructor: T o n i Clark T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c , t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum, t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s ' i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e Interim. Approximate c o s t : Prerequisites: Distribution: $895 None Humanities IN English (Summer) Potpourri : R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t Instructor: B a r b a r a Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s . Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e suimner s e s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Junior o r Senior standing & consent of i n s t r u c t o r Humanities S u m e r 1977 Foreign Language (Summer) 70330 C u l t u r e o f French Canada ---- I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson ( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by Einar Johnson) A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e , i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1 d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i . l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl r r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l ~ r v ~ ~ itile \ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c . I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government. Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s . Cooperative meals. Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement, f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y . 1; Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r F o r e i g n Language Summer 1977 I 1 I Norwegian Composition Conversation Instructor: L e i f E. Hansen I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n . Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e . Distribution: F o r e i g n Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanisli Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h . Prerequisites: Distribution: 56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t F o r e i g n Language Time: I Room: Old Main 8 German Women W r i t e r s --- Instructor: William Oyler Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e . As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f . Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German, w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ? Prerequisites: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t Distribution; Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 Linguistics T h e o r i e s of Grammar Instructor: Donald Steinmetz Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 4 General Studies A Study - oT Values o r "Wha: !.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound" InsrrucLor: II Sheldon Fardig What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and eval.uation. Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 H i s t o r y o f London I Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t "When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) . T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y . I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid 1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s . S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e . It has had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e , economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t . T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d , t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s of t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 1 8 From t h e I n d u s ----- to Indira: Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y Instructor: Don G u s t a f s o n T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a . Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e m a t e r i a l s used c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels, r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e . -- prerequisites: Distribution: None Social Science Time: 11 Room: Library 1 C I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian "Can These S t o n e s Speak?" & Cuneiform W r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t . T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but Prerequisites : Distribution: PIN i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended. None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Mathematics The Mathematical - Content of Music Instructor: Ben Cooper For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y , we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go. Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons; r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition ( e . g . , Xenakis). Prerequisites: Distribution: No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s . None Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Must read music. Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s ------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy, a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s Instructor: James L. Johnson O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) : computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s , g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s . Physical use of t h e computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t required. Prerequisites: S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the Natural Sciences. Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 The B a s i c -- Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n o f Elementary Mathematics Instructor: Beverly Durkee - f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who Mathematics made s i m p l e a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 Music I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy Instructor: - Roberta M e t z l e r General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y where i t i s u s e d , with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n Minnesota. Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s . Prerequisites: None D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 120 Opera Opera I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen James Johnson The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion. A week o f e v e n i n g performances. Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s . A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Fine A r t s Time: I and I1 Room: Music Auditorium P i a n o Teaching Methods - I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average Class w i l l i n v o l v e p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y . work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 1 0 Make Your Own Music ---- Instructor: Robert Karlen O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions. S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . Prerequisites: Distribution: Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower d i v i s i o n course. None Time: I1 Room: Music 20 Trends, I s s u e s , and Leadership & Nursing I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson Donna P e t e r s o n A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution : None Time: I Room: F a i r v i e w School of Nursing Philosophy Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n : Or Adam Had Atoms Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t . I t w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Chiefly, we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Meister --- E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r Instructor: Mark F u e h r e r M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s d e t e r m i n e h i s thought . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 2 2 Physical Education S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev! W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e Instructors: Edor Nelson Ed S a u g e s t a d A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t . An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g . This course does not a p p l y t o the major i n physical education. Prerequisites Distribution: : None None Time; I Room: Melby H a l l 12 Recreation A c t i v i t i e s Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne P e t e r s o n Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g . prerequisites: Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen Distribution: I Time: Room: Gymnasiu~niqorth Court Physics P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth? 1. II Instructor: Mark E n g e b r e t s o n S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s . New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y . Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s , we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e i n our world. One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Room: None F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t 11 Science H a l l 22 Understanding t h e Weather Instructor: Kenneth E r i c k s o n 4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r . l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather. It i s a l s o h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r , i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s . Topics t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ; i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ; t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n . Course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e . Prerequisites: Distribution: High S c h o o l A l g e b r a Natural Science Time: I Room: Science H a l l 22 Independent Study i n Experimental Physics I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y , h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l : ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d . A final written -c;cr! o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the instructor. Distribution: Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 25 Political Science R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e Instructor: Myles S t e n s h o e l 1 Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s economic j u s t i c e . s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s , programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes. Prerequisites: Distribution: Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r , J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems. S o c i a l Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Poli. Sci. (summer) 85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 98340 (Speech) The B r i t i s h -- Design f o r Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work (under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n , o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales, o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England. The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n British politics. Prerequisites: Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Social Science Grading: Cost: O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN $895.00 C Psychology - Instructor: General Psychology Norman Ferguson introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry, perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy, and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion w i l l be assumed. Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Old Main 19 The a i l d ' s --- World: Cognitive Development Instructor: Grace Dyrud A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s . Pretequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 7 Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s & Behavioral Science I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e . Programs w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V . which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds. Prerequisites: Distribution: G e n e r a l Psychology None Time: I1 Room: Scierice H a l l 312 Women and God Instructor: Eugene S k i b b e For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l In d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways. e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y , ( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man. Prerequisites: Distribution: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Religion Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e 320 Social Work Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s Instructor: Vern Bloom With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s Time: I Room: Memorial H a l l 1 Sociology-SocialWork Human S e r v i c e ---- Issues i n Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n , a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week. Prerequisites: Distribution: 351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Principles of Sociology Instructor: Robert Grams Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s s e t of u n i t s a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d . -- Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s : ----- The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class Instructor: Cordon Nelson I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 21 R a c i a l and -- M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y . prerequisites: Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Speech Values and -- Conununication: Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard, Buber I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson John Benson A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~ r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and sy~~lrolic a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni t c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s , r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers ns, and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d , Prerequisites: Distribution: None Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 C ~ I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico Instructor: J o e l Mugge The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal. We s h a l l a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down. T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca, a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e . S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r w i l l be r e q u i r e d . The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication process. To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Cost: e s t i m a t e d $490.00 Theater Practicum: C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production Instructor: A i l e n e Cole The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I and I1 (9:30-12:OO; Room: Speech Auditorium 1:OO-3:OO) A r t11: - The A r t s of Europe Instructor: R e i d a r Dittmann B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne, Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed. Prerequisite: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department of Art Enrollment: Cost: 25 $895.00 Asian Studies --- IIa: Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s Instructor: Ola E M i l l e r t A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American, which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e . Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d ? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e . Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances. I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: N~~~ Enrollment: Cost : 25 $895.00 ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm ~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn. U a c-.y Wif~hi% wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1 &a -emt of a n can ' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*, be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in& khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l science. Enrollment: cost: 30 $1,100.00 Classics u: Mediterranean Culture Instructor: Lloyd Gunderson The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . Prerequisites : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Enrollment: Cost: 25 $975.00 I, I I I French 111: French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s Instructor: Verena Conley F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits. #l ~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a . i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s . One o f t h e m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 German I I b : -- E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys Instructor: Hanno K l a s s e n A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s . I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t base. S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t . Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c . Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s , v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p a journal. Prerequisites: Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None 20 $895.00 Interdisciplinary J & : I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe Instructor: Daniel Hellinger I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . C i t i e s on t h e i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and London. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None E n r o l l m e n t : 25 Cost: $895.00 M u s i c a: Instrumental - 2 Music i n England 1825-1977 Instructor: M i l e s H. J o h n s o n An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s : 1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s . These w i l l t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t 2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l isolated island culture. Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b . S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s . L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition, Department o f Music 45-80 $895.00 c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman, Religion E:C h r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n i n microcosm. Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs, etc. B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 35 $895.00 Religion E: Proclamation S o c i a l Concern i n ------ of Development: Dynamics aristian t h e Third World I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y , p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e & r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e . The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s , G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America. D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program. Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c . Prerequisites : Freshman r e l i g i o n Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 20 $310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n Russian Ia: - I- USSR: A - C u l t u r a l Experience Instructor: James Walker Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland. Prerequisites: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None 1 Enrollment: 25 Cost: $995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago) Spanish m: Spanish Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid Instructor: Leon Narvaez Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e . Based i n Madrid w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and d i s c u s s i o n . The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 INTERIM 1977 Addendum # 1 Education - Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r t h a n 45331. Foreign Language 76457 Spanish Novel - Prerequisites should be 76352, 76353 History Mass Movements --i n t h e Black - Community: 1880-1940 Instructor: Ralph L. Crowder The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg. movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h . E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e meaning and impact o f HISTORY. It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t . Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e ) r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s challenge. -- -- Prerequisites: Distribution: A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission. S o c i a l Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 Mathematics 61242 - Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt Music 1 ' 82325 Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n , followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols. Prerequisites : Distribution: Music 82224 (Theory) None Time: I1 Room: Music 10 Philosophy - c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435 P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication 85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science) 98342 (Speech) Mass Communication - Society Instructor: Milda Hedblom E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Distribution: None S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 P o l i t i c a l Science (Summer ) 85340 The B r i t i s h - Design f o r Mass Media is CANCELLED The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g . Physics Progress Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going? Instructor: It should be: Mark Engebretson Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n , and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e : Texts : A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e . B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t may be doomed! The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever! C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness. D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e . - - - - - J Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None Distribution: Urban S t u d i e s requirement Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 22 Pra,rams in EL. ope Program in Africa Economics IIc: Business and Economics: Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119 Amin Kadir, Augshurg Art 11: The Arts of Europe 6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf Cost: $+@tH0 W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111 i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v I ~- ~ S i~ WII! 1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci. CS~ tit) IIIS(JII~~II~ ii~m art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t IIIY ~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil ~rr \vt)rltl. Since I(,$I l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI i )~ SIITI,~ I t i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI [ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi. ~ r ! d ~ ~ from y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss r:;rr~ rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI h: r: r~ IaItI i oI tC ~c' ~ s ~" l t u r ;und i l 1.t41grr~us 11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S ns11-1117~ I I I ~ prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc - ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011 , I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI I to IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS .ipl~roii~I~i*+. I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC ~ IIILI~~II. ( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l it~~~ td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1 : i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr l \\,it IT c ~ n y ! l y ! (111 ~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~ ~ iS ' s~ ~hih~or! I I C S, t111. S rolv I I ~ IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d ' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111, 1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t ill co111rt11 of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~ i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d ro t h ( s ~ I+ ~llr instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~ < ~ !~* p t i a ~ I'hccuunc. ~. will Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~, Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan. Does not count toward major Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/ Grading: Optional Enrollment: Cost: $895.00 Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I. ( :(1111g1itn. .\IIS~ 1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London. Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II I.OII~V will be followed Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII, quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections viewed. Counts totvard hrt Major Fulfills distril~utio~~ requirement (Area B ) Enrollment. 8 Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00 Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf .fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c f I r r m tllt. Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI l~~i*i~tiut~s, Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI ;Z~~II!IIS, l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits l t o Hrunzr Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS. t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1 o1~1d . Millliii, ( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it hl v ;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111 t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I i o 111 ~ tht! ~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical sites. Counts toward mejor. Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t (Area A or B). Enrollment: 25 French 111: French Language, Culture, Cost: $895.00 and Theater in Paris Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f Cost: $895.00 :\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr \r*i.ckb r v i l l ~ t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic ~ r , i~i ~ ) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~ c * ~ u t5t;iy i i ~ ~111 g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic .Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl o f <;~*~III~III>, st* l t r 4 1 s tIlc ~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L for - ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n Leipzi w i l l IIC tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide ~ . trips will hcamade to other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111 ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location for inquiries into l ~ f ill c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s t r i t h students and reli~ior~ R~~JIII)~, s vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and ~s, IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP at ; ~ r t i ~ tli > c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~ s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily ~~~s dih~ll%~itlllh. Pi~rti<,ijml~ 11rt. t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A ) Enrollment: 20 Prerequisite:German 32 . Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf Cost: $895.00 Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII, I)i~rk>lsgt. o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~. Supplrb111e11tii1 vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111 ~ n1,011$ IIOII, Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will ~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ . (:OIIII~\ to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r ret~ulreme~~t (Area :\ or HI Grading is Pass/ No Credit only Enrollment: 25 F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion. \'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr. Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00 r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc f rnnst Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q the pcriod is LIlr i1r11lort11111 ; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II f I)~;II'LI~P ill KruuI)h of tllrci+ %%'ill ~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce, rfl s ~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11 51 IIC~~-III t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls f ;IV~III~ r n pcr*t!d 1)) the R ( y a l I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d ~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv. in t i ~ t n r S . l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll t s lir~-i) ~i t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111 ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~ IIII~ . ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~> ~ ~ t l r ~III~ tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~, lirollrl~l i f e the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait Counts toward French major. (;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver c of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3 Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A). of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford d up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only. luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics. t crudes \rill I)<!l m e d Enrollment: Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~ lu~ ~ and s produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~ tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g u ~ t irnnlyses d of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions a~ld c v r ~ ~ot fstile Interim. Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~ rlr 5fwtr.h major. Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ . Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y Enrolln~c~~t, If ~L!II Program in the Middle East Interdisciplinary IIc: Industrial Democracy in Europe Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $895.00 Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl ~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e t11gct11t~. w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill ~ rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111 I~SU .rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~ a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg, Strasbourg, Paris a n d London. C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending upon the type of requirements completed) Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C ) Enrollment: 25 Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute. A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~ f I t r ~ n l :is r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc tlf through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i vWestern i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr! , in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll ~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city, t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~, Col:~cu~mt>s. Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~. Counts toward Religion major Fulfills general requirement. Enrollment: 35 Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman. Music IIg: Instrumental Music in England 1825-1977 Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience Cost: $895.00 Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l into two segments: 1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten. 2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry. (bunts toward Music major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B ) Enrollment: 45-80 Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition James Walker, St. Olc~f Cost: $995.00 round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk , r r rE::lct~ ; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl. I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I ! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian f culture as L ~ rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111 mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased t i o n on such reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in u s t h e USSR. Brief visits to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland. Counts to\r,ard Russian major. Does not fulfill distribution requirement Enrollment: 25 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture, and Theatre in Madrid Cost: $895.00 Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S tm -in Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ , Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado E&!!k- and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances intpl~iutad with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show- Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal rn Spunrsh CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A ) c r d d b.PasgrNo ~ ~ Credit only E n r o l k d : I3 Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R- Biology IIe or IIIe: Human Ecology in Israel Cost: $1,100.00 Daniel palm, -St. Olclf Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history, a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt. ~IP of climatic, geolt~gicr~l, r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul ~ ~ ~,)cl'~ spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi. l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee, II, 1111: Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>, ~II Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat t \\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s, a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in h u m a n ecology in Israel. Counts toward Biology major. Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD ) Enrollment: 30 Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science. Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean Program in Hawaii Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern Cost: $310.00 in the Third World pltrs trcinsportution Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Olaf Millert, St. Olrif cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing cultural values in t h e Spanish language area. Counts toward Spanish major. Grading is Pass/ No Credit only. Prerequisite: Spanish 51 ' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill i~~ Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~. i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor j i l tvork. i~y Cost: $490.00 Communication in Mexico i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11 Joel Mugge, Augshurg rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11 \r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l. iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~ tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~ ~ h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I, \\,it 11 SIII~III Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl , ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111 *t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl y. to of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U ~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry fr(l ~ bl cxictj provi(i~> h l t ~ x l c \sill t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11, l. '1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e, sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti, :t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~ C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II. 'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~ ~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape ~~t i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures n urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs * concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s of 'l'eol ilruuc-all. tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran Mllxicrl <:it?, 1 IIC coIorl'1~1 ;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>( I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi. tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture lus of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins ~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~, t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of ll Several t.rrnlm~i~~It!, ; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage. 'l'uxcrr. PIC. pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper Counts to\vard Religion major will b e required. Fulfills general requirement. Does not count tolvard major. Enrollment: 20 Fulfills distribution requirement. Prerequisite: Freshmen religion Grading is PasVNoCredit only. Enrollment: 40 ." Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus trnnsportnlion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an exciting a n d colorful setting. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32. Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1 Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus transportution Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art: French Caribbean Culture Cost: $895.00 Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'. IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv. tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean. \r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e . I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a jourr~i~l rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still ~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital, t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b ( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir . Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl f dclr:lrtn~t:nt. rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t study) by permissic~tlr ~arl niuj<)r Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l Fulfills distrilr~~~ion rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~ Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V . Enrollrncrlt 85 ~ Cost: $895.00 A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian, a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state. T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia l I ~ i i t r 1111 l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l tts thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l [>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns Counts toward hsian Studies major Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement. Enrollment: 25
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1976-1977
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1976-1977
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1977
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Table of contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 22, EXPENSES PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 96, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January. . MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18 departments. MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major ELECTIVE.. . . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN.. . . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. .. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE.. . .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very special colleges that can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at avariety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government for the purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. . You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude for you to design much of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the "4-1 -4," In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available-the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Buckskins. Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The current student body of over 1500 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 50% are resident students, while others commute daily from the greater metropolitan area. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) Location History Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a number of associations that set standards by which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 15 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Visiting the Campus T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. </ * ', - +..' \ - \--+-' - r , . :- I \ . . , .. , '. \ - - . . . , - I ' ., .* J' . . . , d. 4. Science Hall 5. Old Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7 . Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10 Memorial Hall 1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex 12. Music Hall 13 SI Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng B. Student Parking ..2 -f Offices ?-.I Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S ) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Programs (Science 156) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Sc~ence32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) d. - < Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Science 156) Little Theater (Speech Building) MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor) Personnel Office (Science 135) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 135) S.O,S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg aims to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to the interests and abilities of each person. opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty who take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the latest visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this break in the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors are available through the Five College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- ' quirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several programs. FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to do this to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or because a specific course is not offered on the home campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of 12 colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation center). One purpose of the classes, which are offered by several departments, is to get a first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals, and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive instruction in biology, chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology at Augsburg. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two years at Washington University. Each year the Conservation of Human Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates' matriculation in these co-learning courses. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar is coordinated with that of Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who enroll may select courses on either campus. Two sessions are offered each summer. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program Some special accelerated course sections are available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of all class years, interdisciplinary honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary to meet the student's needs and interests. Addi- tional information on the honors program is available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg. available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program. It provides students in all fields of study with the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, avariety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Religious Life. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held four times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Recreation Student Sewices Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relax- The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, financial problems, student activities, and residence halls. The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. The faculty takes both a scholastic and personal interest in students. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the greater campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. An optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing units. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 30 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded upon graduation, transfer to another institu- tion, or discontinuing the educational program at Augsburg if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. didates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. Avisit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. The Application Process Transfer 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universitieson the basis of their academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education require- 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript through the last complete semester to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that can- ments at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Transfer Process 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to the: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give them to two persons to fill out and return directly to the Admissions Office in the postage paid envelopes which are provided. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After a deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student must agree to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with acollege course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. About 70% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college in the form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1973-74, approximately 1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources, and federal loans totaling $480,000. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $2,349 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning in September, 1975. Students time when they take three are 'Onsidered or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. Such registration is payable in this manner: Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305. Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044. If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $155 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new students. Graduation fee is $15.00. Registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $190. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day, SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $15 Computer Science, $30 per course Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00 Student Teaching, $35. Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim), Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy, $1 .oo. Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or $3.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,251 Partial Board and Room - $1,170 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $819 5 Day Lunch Plan - $252 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 14 meals per week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract." A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year. 1975-76 Cost Summary Board and Room - $1,251 Breakage Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second semester is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Business Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Refunds Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $2,349 (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule: 100% through the first Friday of classes. 80% during the balance of first week of classes. 70% during the second week of classes. 60% during the third week of classes. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced by 50%. 50% during the fourth week of classes. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. 40% during the fifth week of classes. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general physical activities courses at Augsburg are designed to equip students for lifetime sports and recreational activities. Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, it scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing. b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physiesrpsychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 , political science, s o c i o d a n d one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one semester of activities. Divisional Organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Norma C. Noonan Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian Area Studies, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for.three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in afailing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors, Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Grading Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Sociology 383, some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and.date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore. . . . 7 courses.. Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses.. Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses.. . . . . 14 grade points . . . . 32 grade points . . . . 50 grade points To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol #. Course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and a, Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* History of the United States American Studies 231 History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis) Religion 352,363 Literature and Fine Arts in the United States American Studies 232 Art 102 English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States American Studies 260 Economics 120, 122, 123,251 Education 478 # Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370, 371, 421 Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381, 383 Social Work 351, 463 credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under major. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Offered 1974-75.) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Philip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from 386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223, 225, 350. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required. MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from 386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225, 350. Department of Art 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique. (Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 132 PHOTOGRAPHY Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3 one hour lectures. Spring) The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS II Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINTMAKING I Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring) 368 PRINTMAKING II Advanced work in various media, including silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. 350 CERAMICS I 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) a, Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 352,361 (Group I); 355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111, 112,352 and at least one course from each of the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I); 361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471, 476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 11 1, Fall; 112, Spring) 352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY An analysis of the structure of animals and the evolutionary relationships revealed by this analysis. This includes an inquiry into the structural changes which occur and new structures which appear in the course of evolution, the way in which these structures enable the animal to function in the environ- ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed by this study, and the classification of animals based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, life histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research.Topics may concern research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. Forthose planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101,102,131,261, 262,373,379,478, and one other course from the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122, 123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379, 478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subiects (Eco- nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property'and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Interim, Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Business Education have had one year of high school typewriting, (Interim) MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101,102,131; Business Education 110,364, 460,465; Economics 122,123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108. Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business Administration 101,102,131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute. (Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1976-77) Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124, 125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106), and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124,125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. certification after July, 1979 requires course work in earth and life sciences. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Department of Chemistry of approved research; participation in semin ar Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall; 76, Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to the biological and environmental sciences. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5 hour laboratory) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using avariety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. a, This major, offered by the five colleges in the Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16 courses distributed as follows: Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage Four Courses in cultural specialization a, Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year. East Asian Studies Four courses in comparative emphases Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history department, or Donald Steinmetz of the foreign languages department, for information on specific courses that may apply toward this major. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. The student is advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and 481, 482 and electives 2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 358, The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary education. Fall, Spring) 371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary Education c) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 105, General Psychology f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical education, or music majors Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc- cessful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their special area. A person working for certification in one of these special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. Human Relations Laboratory. (Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program). Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Spring) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (Fall, Spring) Speech and Drama (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Materials and methods for teaching physical education. Includes also the American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by astudy of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior standing. Fall, Spring) Library Science MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359. Fall, Spring) Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in avariety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT RESOURCES Production and use of audio-visual materials in libraries and library systems. This course offered in conjunction with the 5-College Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) a, Augsburg College and the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year period, with the first three years being spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu- a, Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in British literature (1 course from literature before 1660), 1 course in American literature, 1 course in world literature (a course outside the Anglo-American tradition), and course 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing (219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and Library Science 475 are required. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering dents accepted into the program will be guaranteed admission to the Washington University Engineering School, provided they are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Department of English Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331, 332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic value and the historical significance of the film medium. See also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention is also given to the contribution of the writer to the historical development and literary movements of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE English 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course. Study of the works of selected classical Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. (Fall, Spring) 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 272 LITERARY CLASSICS The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. (Fall, Spring) 219 ADVANCED WRITING 282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE A course designed to develop advanced skills in avariety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76) 288 LITERARY CRITICISM A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of the works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Spring) Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years, 1975-76 Fall) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 368 MODERN DRAMA While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 367 MODERN POETRY 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel through study of selected British, American, and continental novels. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) - - - - Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman, Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) - Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at the beginning of any term and after consultation with the instructor. Students placed in a particular course wishing to register for a more elementary course may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level Mandarin Chinese or #) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. One interim plus one semester, or one semester plus one summer of study in France strongly recommended. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. One interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. Foreign Language Methods for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 011 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. Offered on demand. - - 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system, basic noun groups and verb forms, and sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and speaking on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have studied most of the basic structures may here review all tenses and some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading and literary study in French. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand- ing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Fall) 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years. Fall 1976) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years. Fall 1977) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of the major literary works from the twelfth century renaissance through the six- teenth century. These include the epic, courtly romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written reports in French, some laboratory texts. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every third year) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey of the major literary contributors to the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1976-77. Offered alternate years) 353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of the major works contributing to the enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I A survey of the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring) 451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977. Every third year) 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or 353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey (351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a ma- jor paper and its defense are included. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) more universal perspective of world literature. Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall) German 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall. 212, Spring) Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1977) 351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from the heroic and courtly literature of the middle ages, the Reformation era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by lectureson the history of German literature and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds. (Fall 1976) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1780 1890 Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and its relation to social, political and intellectual questions. (Spring 1977) - 353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY Principle works of Impressionism and 20th century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975, 1977) 211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Seleclion from the New Testament with special emphasis given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth yearly) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Fall 1975, 1977) Introduction to Japanese language and culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern, conversational expressions and, in the second semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese syllabary and Chinese characters are learned gradually from the very first lesson. 451 GERMAN PROSE 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Spring 1977) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11 Fall, 112 Spring) Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading to improve the student's comprehension and facility in expression of Japanese. Reading materials will be chosen from avariety of fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #) Linguistics 311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar, case grammar, generative semantics, with the aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria and the explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will also be contrasted with respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory and the way in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring) present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Inquiry into the psychological foundations of language and the contribution of modern linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of recent linguistic research are examined for their implications for various psychological topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, innate ideas and psychological universals. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson (Director) MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each year. These courses solicit students from the community on a non-credit basis as well as college students on a credit basis. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall. 112, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from the community on a noncredit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring) SPANISH MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315, 456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315, 331, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) 111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (111, Fall, Spring; 112, Spring) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring 1977) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Offered on demand.) 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213, Fall; 214, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (Fall) 315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fa11) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring) Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978) 417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR 352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II 456 SPANISH DRAMA A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall 1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977) Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand) Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1976, 1978) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977) a, Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major with certain supporting courses, qualifies a Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1977) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History student for certification as a social studies teacher on the secondary level. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, for details. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the post-New Deal era. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Spring) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1975-76) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77) with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall) 412 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. (Spring) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring, 1976-77) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the distinctive features of the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization, and Japan's emergence as a major world power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Fall, 1976-77) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events and developments in the area due to confrontation This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. a, Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224, 314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real Algebra, gy, and Mathematics-Education. Department of Mathematics 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to mathematical models and structure. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years) 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, and logarithms. (Fall) Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 121,122 CALCULUS I, II Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121, Fall; 122, Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is recommended. Fall) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered alternate years) 427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func- tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues. (Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate years) 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 454 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. (Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00) a, This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. a, Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111, 362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a minimum of one course in internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110; Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351 and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. Medical Technology Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. *The course in metro-urban planning is not as yet a regular part of the course offerings. The interim, independent study, and internship can provide opportunities for such a course. For planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program. Creative alternatives to the above suggested programs will be considered. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karle'n MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260, 261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457, 458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency, and music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223, 224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354, 355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire tests. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260, 261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476; Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121, 231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. The major follows the approved curriculum of the National Association for Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue the Bachelor of Music degree must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and all campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All music majors and minors, must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1 year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and with correct fingering, at moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, (1) pass an advanced standing test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term at Augsburg. The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC An objective analysis of musical stimuli: design and implementation of experimental research in music. give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC THERAPY Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers. Dates and times to be arranged. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-. ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) a, NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 111,112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after con- Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition, Orchestra Membership by audition. Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science sultation with a member of the Physics Department. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111, 112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. a, Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of Admissions for further information. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242, 343. and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. 130 LOGIC Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do you? Does the conclusion follow from the given premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE Socrates said that the unexamined life is not worth living. We want you to take a look at your beliefs to see whether or not they are worth holding. What do you know? What makes things what they are? Must you be able to define the good before you can do it? These and other questions will be looked at through the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to see what they have to say to modern man. (Fall, Spring) How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? What did Aristotle the scientist think of this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world -can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1976) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings- both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 344) 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242, 343, or #.) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education' and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352, 365, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351, 352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361, 362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required. required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical education and . athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110, 111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111, 243,351,482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Fall, Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Fall) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS 351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103, Chemistry 105. Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351, 352, Summer School only) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Spring) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department) Consult department chairman. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall) Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Health Education 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975) a, Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson 121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362, and 395. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv. frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in a, Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) Department of Political Science 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or 160. Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The electoral process, emphasizing political parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field work with parties, pressure groups and other relevant organizations. (Students may not take BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Students interested in secondary education niay take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information. Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. See Section I1 for description) 121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political system; contemporary political issues imping- (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and the determinants of voter choice, including study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or # I Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT The modernization process in developing areas with particular attention to the creation, maintenance, and administration of political structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered on demand) IV. PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) temporary Communism, and the impact of historical traditions in the Soviet Union and other communist states. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.) Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search' for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) 382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories, the development and uses of ideology in con- Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting courses from other departments may also be required. The major program is planned in consultaton with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264, 265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year, and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355, 473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261. 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration is to be made during the junior year. 352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses i n biology are recommended. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361. Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fa11) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 481 HISTORY AND THEORY 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research in which students select an area of investigation, plan the appropriate design, collect data, and write a research re- a, Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck port according to the standards established by the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing and #. Fall, Spring) \' 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper division New Testament Greek. The major shall include one interim course; and at least three out of the following four areas shall be represented by at least one course : 352-356, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484, 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major and 3.00 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. 352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP MINOR: 5 courses Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of worship services. (Fall) 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed'and discussed. (Spring) - 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. (See under Department of Music) 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 361 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) - 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1976-77) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the church. (Spring) a, Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies and for others who desire a broad major in this area. A major consists of 14 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) Social Science ics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. . . - . . .. - - 7 courses in history: adistribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or 495). For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high .school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in econom- 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363, 381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416, 440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. a, Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim course. MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic forms; sociological models for analyzing the structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Basic background for advanced work in sociology. (Fall, Spring) historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches towards solutions. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized" world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons; physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY The structure and function of the family unit and its place through time in the larger social system. Includes interaction within the family, sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring) 232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS An analysis of the causes and nature of the contemporary social problems in light of their 362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An integrated two-course sequence in sociological research; analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life; use of data processing equipment and computers in sociological research. Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are strongly encouraged to take this sequence their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or # ; high school algebra. Fall, Spring) utilized as a major learning laboratory. (Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring) 365 SOCIAL STATISTICS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) Scientific methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, calculating measures of central tendency, variability and association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall, Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or lntership Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational components of phenomena commonly seen as individual problems: phenomena such as mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and in various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of social stratification and social organization; their structural and dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology, including 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul Steen MAJOR: The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but freshmen and sophomores are advised to take Social Work 257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology 105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One course in the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program should be taken (see the index in this catalog to find where to read about CHR courses). The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology 351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology 375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be taken as freshman or sophomore); and Sociology 231 and 232. 257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. (Interim) 351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic features of the helping process; social work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work; public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo . class periods and six hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior standing or #. Fall) 352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL WELFARE A pair of seminars consisting of social security (required) and one additional seminar in such topics as mental retardation, alcohol and chemical dependency, or the ecology of welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week to learn by practice the basic skills of social work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #. Interim) 353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS Direction and application of principles and techniques of social work interventive methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring) 357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY A summer work experience of ten weeks or longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution. Special opportunity to consider career aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical reports and participation in seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer) 358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent study relating to the work experience. Study to be reported in a major paper of high quality. ,-- ......"., /<~rmrnerI 461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN SPECIAL AREAS Emphasis on the refinement of social work practice skills and development of role models for effective service in programs serving special groups such as the aged, mentally retarded, chemically dependent, and youth. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours related field experience or an approved plan for independent work in community study or planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall) a, 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilites assigned as a professional social worker in some social welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to 20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major. Spring) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English 219. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor s h or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 116, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, light and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354, 360,476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or 243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467, 476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than technical elements. (Spring) 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION Practical experience in the production of radio and television programs of diverse kinds: news programs, talk shows, documentaries, and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered 1974-75. Fall) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY A study of the distinctive character of each of the major mass media, with emphasis on their role in society. See also description under Department of Political Science. (Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers as well as elementary and secondary school teachers. (Fall) Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Spring) 228 STAGECRAFT 353 ADVERTISING Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) 352 PERSUASION - 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 399 INTERNSHIP Introduction to communication dynamics embracing scientific as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. (Spring) Consult the Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Fall) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication theory. (Fall) 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) a,-- Transdisciplinary Major A student who wishes to follow an individually designed major may do so under the title: Transdisciplinary major. Although this major may not be well suited for students who plan to pursue graduate studies, it does enable them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must include at least two-thirds of the number of courses required in each of two major fields offered at the college. Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year. The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1973-74 .......................... . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840 .. 285 Summer Session, 1974 ................................................................. Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................ 5,736 Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) ......................................... 315 A RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French). Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary Education) *WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University, Department Chairman ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies B KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia (German and Russian) *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of Iowa (Head Football Coach) JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) D F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program) MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University Department Chairman SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota (Voice) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota * P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S. 1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach) *VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (German) *I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French) MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman *JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota L *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation M RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn) *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska (Elementary Education) *ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity of Wisconsin -Madison, M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) *ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at Albany GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest) *KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota (Greek) ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971, University of Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) *VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String Instruments) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University, Department Chairman STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary Education) *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish) S EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) "IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science) MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion) PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa Barbara NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman *EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental Music, Director of the String Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) * Part-time Administration ......................................................... .................................................... President.. College Pastor,. Oscar A. Anderson Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. . Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster Administrative Assistant for Operations and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey ....... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey Associate Dean of the Faculty F. Mark Davis and Director of Special Programs.. Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley Larry Glenn Director of Audio Visual Services John C. Dawson Director of MUSIP .................................................. Louise McColl Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program .............................. .................................... ......................... DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Foundation and Government Relations.. Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Director of Alumni and Parents Programs.. Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson .................. ........................... INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement.. ........................ Bruce L. Gildseth College Relations Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren Steven J. Vite Manager of Publications., ........................................... Admissions Director of Admissions.. Donald E. Webber Assistant Director of Admissions,. Dave Benzel Assistant Director of Admissions.. Barb J. Lundberg Karen Nelson Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman ............................................ ................................... .................................... .............................................. Student Affairs Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson Joel Mugge Director of Student Programs.. Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone Ralph Crowder Coordinator of Minority Affairs. ....................................... ...................................... ............................25 Academic Administration Academic Life Accreditation Administration Admission to the College Advanced Placement Advanced Standing American Studies Anthropology Art. Department of Bachelor of Music Degree Biology. Department of Board. Cost of Business Administration Business Education Calendar Campus Campus Map Chemistry. Department of Chinese Classification Communications Computer Science Conservation of Human , . Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy Courses of Study Course Descriptions Credit by Examination Degrees Divisional Organization Early Admission Early Decision East Asian Studies Economics Education. Department of Education. Elementary Education. Secondary Engineering English. Department of Enrollment Expenses Faculty Financial Aid Financial Information Five College Cooperative Food Service French Foreign Languages Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements Geography German Grading Graduates (1870-1974) Graduates. Summary of Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction Greek ...................................... 11 ....................................... 7 ...................................... 94 .......................19. 32a ................................ 20 ................................. 20 ............................... 30. 29a .................................. 80 ...............................30. 7a ........................15. 62 ...........................33. 9a ...................................... 23 ........................35. 10a .............................37. I l a .......................................... 11 .......................................... 7 .......................................8 .......................40. 12a .....................................49. 16a ...................................... 29 ...............................83. 13a ..............................60. 19a ............ ................ 13. 5a .............................. 13. 68 ............................29. 30. 6a .............................30. 7a .............................. 29 ........................................15 ............................. 26 ................................ 20. 32a .................................. 20. 32a ............................. 42. 29a ..................................... 38. 14a .......................42. 15a ......................... .42. 15a ...........................43. 15a ..................................... 13. 46 ..........................46. 16a ................................. ...... 88 .......................................... 22 .......................................... 11. 87 ....................................... 21 ............................... 22 .................... . . . .. 12 ....................................... 18 ................. . . ....................49. 16a ............................. 49. 16a ...........................26 ....................11 .................................... .a. 1....................................... .52, 77e ............................................ 27 .............................88 .............................88 ........................... 25 .........................28 ..........................................53. 17s ...............................70. 22a ........................ 6 ..........................56. 18a ....................................14 ......................................... 17 .......................................6 ..................................28 ......................12. 3a .........................16. 17a .......................................... 53 .........................................47 ................................. 45. 15a ..................................... 53. 17a ...........................................6 ............................................. 12 Health Education History of Augsburg College History. Department of Honors Program Housing Identification Independent Study Inter-lnstltutional Programs Intercollegiate Athletics Japanese Journalism Library Science Linguistics Location Majors Mathematics. Department of Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of Music Therapy Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science New Dimensions Program Numbering of Courses Nursing Personnel of the College Philosophy. Department of Physical Education Physics. Department of Political Science. Department of Pre-Professional Training Probation and Dismissal Psychology. Department of Recreation Refunds Registration Religion. Department of Religious Life Room Costs Russian Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Majors Social Work Sociology. Department of Spanish Speech. Department of Student Life Student Services Summer School Study Abroad Symbol (#) Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major Transfer to Augsburg Tuition and Fees Visiting the Campus .....................59. 18a ........................13. 61. 19a ............................61. 29a ....................15. 4a ...........................62. 21a ......................................62 .................. 6 ................................65. 29a ...........................17 ..............................29 .......................................... 66 ............................84 ......................66. 22a .............................68. 22a .........................70. 23a .................71. 24a .......................12. 29a ............................ 27 ......................75, 25a .........................................16 ............................................23 ...................................... 26 .........................77, 2Se ......................................16 ......................................... 23 ........................................54. 17a . ..................... ma .......................... 78. ................................60.81. 26a .64. 29a ....................... BO. 288 ........................................55. 1Ta .......................... 89.27a ........................................7% . ............................ .... .16 .......................... , ..... 13. 14 ......................................14 .....................................29. 30 .................................... 63, 280 ......................... 66,28a ....................... 18.20. 12a .................................... 22 ................................ Z Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG Augsburg College 731-21st Ave. So. Minneapolis, Mn. 55454 332-5181 Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible during the regular term. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required t o complete one interim for graduation). A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course requirement in religious studies. There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim course. One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted t o register for more than one course during the period. (;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI' INGS Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more rigorous grading standard. OIBTIONS June Interim At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay regular summer course tuition. Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must: 1) meet departmental requirements 2) present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who will direct the study submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration cancelled. Interims at Other Schools 3) Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall). Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged $310 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can be made t o the office of the interim director. CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S The interim day is divided into two blocks of time. I I1 - 8:OO - 12:30 12:30 - 5:OO The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO. October 27-30 Interim Registration January 5 First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January 6 Last day for cancelladd January 9 Last day for determining grading system January 23 Last day for canceling class January 30 Interim ends Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475). Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making I, Film-making I1 Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film. Lab Fee of $70.00. Prerequisites: None for Film-making I. NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to take Film-making 11. Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: East Hall Life Drawing Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil, contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk. There will be a $10.00 per student model fee. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art Studio 6 The Arts of Spain Instructor: Philip Thompson A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists have led revolutions in the arts. The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created. Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125. Distribution: Humanities Scientific Racism Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams. Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent Distribution: Science/Math, Urban Time: I1 Room: Science 21 3 Evolution: Believe It or Not Instructor: Ralph Sulerud For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some o f the sessions. Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 205 Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson Nuclear Radiation Science (Biological Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students. The cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 Seminar: The Cutting Edge Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research. The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the biology major. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 212 BUS. AIDMIN. Principles of Managerial Accounting Instructor: Arnin Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Prerequisites: Business Administration 101 Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Office Technology Instructor: Gertrude Lund Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and international trade. Prerequisites: Typewriting Distribution: none Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences Instructor: Margaret Etter The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied, using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C. Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail. One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 1 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Instructor: Roy Hanson This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments. Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116 Distribution: None Time: I & I1 Room: Science 315 Introduction to Chemical Research Instructor: Courtland Agre This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before the start o f the interim. Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 318 Principles of Economics - Micro Instructor: Peter Morici An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 120 or 122. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Welfare Economics Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory. Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 21 1%IBIJCATION Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary and Pre-school Use Instructor: Steven Reuter Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools. Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Library 4 1%I)IJCATl' ION SIJDIMIER Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Elementary) Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity. Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing Distribution: None Time: Summer Session 11I)UCATl' ION Audio-visual Media Instructor: Mary Alexander This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that assignments can be made with specific schools. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Distribution: None Time: I (and arranged) Room: Old Main 7 Things That Go Bump In The Night: The Literature of Fantasy Instructor: Ron Palosaari Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old Scottish prayer puts it: "From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties And things that go bump in the night Good Lord, deliver us. " We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will give us some additional fun. The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the four Tolkien books on the third day o f class. - Prerequisites: See above Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Science 205 The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror, Mystery and Detection Instructor: Lorraine Livingston Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe, Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject lectures o f his choice. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 1 Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More: The Short Story and Archetypes Instructor: Richard Sargent We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence, Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view, but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized, and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who wished to learn more about archetypal criticism. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 25 L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book: Instructor: Toni Thornton James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses. The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey. Prerequisites: One literature course Distribution: Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Intermediate French I1 Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading. -- There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the group. Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected in Literature Instructor: William Oyler Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed. These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those discussed in class. This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200 years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a minor in German. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 History of the German Language Instructor: Don Steinmetz How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other? What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference between Low and High German. Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Norwegian Composition and Conversation Instructor: Leif E. Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition. Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now residing in the Twin Cities area. Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field experience. Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent Distribution: Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous Literary Figures Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . . Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Language Time: Summer Session Room: Spanish Expression Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them; After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive, passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish. Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level Distribution: Language Time: I Room: Old Main 3 History of London Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist "When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford" (Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available. Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography, architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban or Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 The Japanese-American Experience Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience? Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable alternate project will be required. Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History Instructor: Don Gustafson This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts, recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Library 1 IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW Philadelphia and the Quest for a Humane City Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city. The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city" will be a guiding theme for the course. Approximate cost: $235. plus meals. Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor. Distribution: Urban studies Time: I1 Room: Science 34 60272 Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European Civilizations in Transition Instructor: F. Mark Davis A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs. The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation. Harold Mitchell, Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s, Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean; Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction and Poetry. Caribbean: In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica. In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in Cap-Haitien. Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate Cathedral of America. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: None 60308 Victorian Woman INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings, letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied, either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters), the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in most cases) a class presentation. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I 1 Room: Library 201 Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American Civilizations Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes, agricultural techniques, and daily life. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I R o ~ m :Old Main 19 Exploring the Future Instructor: Sheldon Fardig We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us. Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking. Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and individual projects. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 318 Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics Instructor: Bev Durkee Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school mathematics) Distribution: Science/Math Time: I Room: Science 320 The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making: An Introduction to Operations Research Instructor: Warren L. Persons Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a decision pro blem. Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality. Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications. There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is necessary). Lab fee: $10. Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 213 DIIJSIC Electronic Music Instructor: Robert Karlen Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional, contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer. Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students have access to a tape recorder. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 20 American Band Music (1776-1976) Instructor: Jim Carlson This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore; Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus. Student cost will be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Olivet Hall 82290 Brigadoon DI USIC Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography, lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances. Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome). Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I Room: Music 11 Revelation and Human Knowledge Instructor: Mark Fuehrer This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception. The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and mystical insight. Prerequisite: None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Safety and Drug Education Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss First Aid course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities and Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne Peterson Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor. Distribution: None Time: I Room: Melby 12 Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team. Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's gymnastics team. Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Melby 13 'r 1'1 1T SICS The History of Astronomy Instructor: Ted Hanwick This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century. While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton, and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development of this subject. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Science 123 1'111 T SICS 'r Understanding the Weather Instructor: Ken Erickson An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background. Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation, forecasting and guest speakers. Prerequisites: None Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 22 1'111 T SICS 'r Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis) : Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures, featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants. The cost d l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Science 30 When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court on Church and State Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel 85295 An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required. 85495 Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their studies to the combined group and in a paper. Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission of the instructor. Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Science 22 The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film, might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions, involving interviews with relevant public officials. The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a separate cost and be individually arranged in England. The cost will be approximately $850-895. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Social Science America's International Politicians Instructor: Norma Noonan Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements: project and final examination. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I Room: Library 201 Creativity in Preschool Children Instructor: Duane Johnson What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction, and activities. Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child. Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 8 Your Personality and its Measurement Instructor: Lyla Anderegg Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: Old Main 22 Computer Applications in Behavioral Science Instructor: Richard Marken An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in crowds. A lab fee of approximately $1 0. Prerequisites: General Psychology Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Israel: A study in Social Change Instructor: Grace Dyrud Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: Room: The Behavior of Nerve Cells Instructor : Norm Ferguson Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system. Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors. Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor Distribution: ScienceIMath Time: I Room: Science 34 World Order and Religion Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order? What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting speakers. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 RELIGION Contemporary Religious Movements Instructor: Douglas Ollila A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna. Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t leaders. Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121 Distribution: Religion Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Israel: Ancient and Modern Instructor: Philip Quanbeck The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in the whole o f the Middle East. The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results. Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City. In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a few days in London before returning to the U.S. The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Religion Practicum in Human Services Instructor: Paul Steen With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors Time: I 1 Room: Memorial Hall 1 Human Service Issues in Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience. Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor. Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors) Time: I Room: Old Main 2 Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing Instructor : Gordon Nelson An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing. During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods. The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Melby 24 Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form, content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Advanced Public Speaking Instructor: Ray Anderson This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship. Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Library 1 Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective Instructor: Joel Mugge The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well. While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required. The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading. Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125 Distribution: Humanities Theater Practicum Instructor: Ailene Cole The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.) Room: Speech Auditorium SIDEIICII The British Design for Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom See description under Political Science. SIBBIICII Advanced Acting Instructor: Esther Olson A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style. Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included. (Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.) Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor Distribution: None Time: I Room: Speech 43
Show less
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Title
Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1976
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n...
Show more ALL COURSES a t Augsburg College c a r r y a v a l u e of one Course C r e d i t , t h e e q u i v a l e n t of s i x q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r f o u r s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . PROJECTED SUMMER OFFERINGS a r e l i s t e d i n t h i s brochure., LOWER-DIVISION COURSES, i n t e n d e d p r i m a r i l y f o r freshman and sophomore s t u d e n t s , a r e t h o s e w i t h a 1 o r 2 a s t h e t h i r d d i g i t of t h e f i v e - d i g i t Course Number. A 3 o r 4 i n t h a t p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e s a n upper-division course, intended primarily f o r juniors o r seniors. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT d u r i n g t h e academic y e a r a r e more f u l l y I f you need d e s c r i b e d i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u e of AUGSaURG COLLEGE NW. more i n f o r m a t i o n about a s p e c i a l summer o f f e r i n g , p l e a s e c o n t a c t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . INDEPENDENT STUW, while not f i t e d among M e couhbe o66&n@, may be pwlnued d d n g M e nummm i n a nwnbm 06 d e p a h t m e d . Fok &dotm d o n , cons& M e Summm School O66ice. CHANGES I N REGISTRATION must b e made a t t h e Summer School O f f i c e . No c o u r s e may b e added a f t e r i t h a s met more t h a n s i x h o u r s e l a p s e d c l a s s time, e x c e p t w i t h t h e s p e c i a l permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIWT TO CANCEL LISTED COUSES. SUMMER SCHOOLCHARGES i n c l u d e a G e n e r a l Fee of $15. T u i t i o n i s $190 p e r c o u r s e . Laboratory o r s p e c i a l f e e s may b e charged f o r some courses. A DEPOSIT of $30 must accompany t h e A p p l i c a t i o n Form. T h i s d e p o s i t i s r e f u n d a b l e o n l y i f t h e c o u r s e s l i s t e d by t h e s t u d e n t , i n c l u d i n g a l t e r n a t e s , should b e c a n c e l l e d . The d e p o s i t a p p l i e s toward t h e General Fee and T u i t i o n . CHARGE FOR AUDITING a c o u r s e ( t a k i n g i t w i t h o u t c o l l e g e c r e d i t ) i s I n courses with limited enrollment, ere$90 p l u s $15 g e n e r a l f e e . ference w i l l be given t o f u l l - t u i t i o n students. REGISTRATTON .in t o be compL&ed not Latea Man t h e 6 h t day 06 each tm at M e Summm School Oddice. A L L CHARGES doh .the tm mwt be paid bedote tegh-thation -in compLete. A L d e Reghthation Fee 06 $10 w i l l 2 be added doh ntudemh who compleXe keg.in,hztion a 6 t m t h e 6 i h 6 t day 0 6 M e t e r n . TUITION REFUND f o r c a n c e l l e d c o u r s e s COURSE CANCELLATION DATE w i l l b e allowed a s i n d i c a t e d by t h e REFUND TERM I TERM I1 t a b l e on t h e r i g h t . ( S U ~~ I C ~ U .in J I ~--ToO%June 1-2 J u n e 28-30 fieimited by M e ion-he,jmdabLedepirn-LZ.) 80X June 3-4 ~ u l y1-6 No r e f u n d - w i l l be made a f t e r t h e l i s t e d 60% June 7-8 J u l y 7-9 40% June 9-10 J u l y 12-14 dates. - I I T ~ T ~ [I 4 I ART ART 10 132 PHOTOGRAPHY F h i ~ ~ e n~ h n The camera used a s a t o o l f o r v i s u a l c r e a t i v i t y and express i o n w i t h a t t e n t i o n g i v e n t o b l a c k and w h i t e , c o l o r and photographic processes. Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 6/28 7:00 p.m. A r t S) TERM 11 ART 10242 FILM MAKING I RLUt e n D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m w i t h p r a c t i c a l l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Add. $70 fee. TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) ** ART 10342 FILM MAKING I1 RusXen Advanced c o u r s e f o r t h o s e w i t h p r e v i o u s e x p e r i e n c e i n f i l m making. Add. $70 f e e . TERM 1 Time a r r . ( 1 s t meeting 611 7:00 p.m. EH) BIOLOGY HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Uichelbmg BIO 20103 A p r o f e s s i o n a l c o u r s e i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and f u n c t i o n of t h e human body. Course r u n s 10 weeks. TERM I E I 1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,TH S-205 BUSINESS K a h BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c c o n c e p t s and fundamentals of a c c o u n t i n g , t h e a c c o u n t i n g c y c l e and p r e p a r a t i o n of f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . TERM 1 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th MH- 1 BUS 21 102 PRINCIPLES OF .WAGJRIAL ACCOUNTING Kadm I n t r o d u c t i o n t o b u s i n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f m a n a g e r i a l a c c o u n t i n g . TERM I 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F S-22 BUSINESS EDUCATION BED 33108 CALCULATING MACHINES Lund Operation of ten-key a d d i n g machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and electronic calculators. 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F M-10 TERM 1 CHEMISTRY CHM 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY k&on Concepts and laws u n d e r l y i n g c h e m i s t r y i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples i n c l u d i n g o r g a n i c and e n v i r o n m e n t a l systems. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F, Lab 1:25-4:00 p.m. T-Th S-205, S-323 CHM 3435 3 .QU@TITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gybehg Covers g r a v i m e t r i c and v o l u m e t r i c a n d y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i u m i n d e t a i l ; g i v e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F, Lab 12:OO-4:00 p.m. N-Th TERM 11 S-205, S-327 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe& Study of economic i m p l i c a t i o n s of many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment. TERM 1 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th S-34 ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Sub& An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W L- 1 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) SabtUa An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o micro-economics, t h e t h e o r y of t h e housen o l d , f i r m , market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . 6:oO-9:30 p.m. T,Th S-34 TERM 11 EDUCATION ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N AN URBAN SETTISG Pt&0n (ELEMENTARY) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t n e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r in-school work. TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F L-4 EDE 44255 EDE 44425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Redm Learning about and d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and s k i l l s of t e a c h i n g t h e young c h i l d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L-4 TERM 1 EDE 44481 STUDENT TEAMING (ELEMENTARY) sXa66 Observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s i n elementary s c h o o l s under s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and elementary s c h o o l pers o n n e l . $15 f e e TERU 1 0 . t 11 Time a r r a n g e d EDS 44265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S E C O N D A R Y ) F U ~ & ~ I n v e s t i g a t i o n of v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of t h e t e a c h i n g p r o f e s s i o n and o p p o r t u n i t y f o r i n - s c i ~ o o l work. TERM 1 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4 C~-como'~) 8 EDS 45482 -9% O p p o r t u n i t i * arm p r , d d e d zb?c;q e r s - q e s i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e s e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h s c h o o l personnel. $15.00 f e e . TERM I oh I I Time a r r a n g e d . ENGLISH ** ENG54282 TOPIC: T H R E E m $ m k W R I T E R S Pdohaat~c A u t h o r s s t u d i e d a r e Rolvaag, Lewis, and F i t z g e r a l d . F i e l d t r i p s included. TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F S-34 ** Thohntvn ENG 54338 MODERN BRITISH LITERATURE An e x a m i n a t i o n of t h e m a j o r t r e n d s i n modern B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , f o c u s i n g on James J o y c e , D.H. Lawrence, V i r g i n i a Woolf, T.S. E l i o t a n d o t h e r s . TERM I 1:50-5:00 p.m. M-Th S-205 ** ENG 54340 LITERATURE AND FILM P d 0 h ~ T h i s c o u r s e w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e s between w r i t t e n n a r r a t i v e and f i l m e d n a r r a t i v e . P r e r e q u i s i t e : c o l l e g e literature or film class. TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W S-205 FRENCH COACHING OF SPORTS I~ n i g e h HPE 55482 Theory and t e c h n i q u e s of c o a c h i n g and p r e v e n t i o n and c a r e of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . G-24 7:lO-9:40 a . m . M-F TERM I C. ~ V e k o n HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course i n c l u d e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f a m b u l a t i o n , s e l f c a r e , a d a p t e d s p o r t s and games, a n d swimming f o r t h e handicapped. TERM I F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE C. Nchon A s t u d y of t h e t r e a t m e n t o f d i s e a s e and i n j u r y . Includes g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e s and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n of n e u r o m u s c u l a r re-education. TERM 11 F r i d a y e v e . , S a t u r d a y mom. G-12 Saugutad HPE 55495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Actual h o s p i t a l experience i n c o r r e c t i v e therapy; psychia t r y , orthopedics, neurology, and r e h a b i l i t a t i o n . TERM 11 Time a r r a n g e d . G- 12 HISTORY Jem en HIS 56103 MODERN WORLD A s t u d y of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n w e s t e r n c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e t i m e of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . 6:50-10:OO p.m. M-Th L-1 TERM I ** FRE 70212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I1 Aan ko w T w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y l i t e r a r y works a r e e x p l o r e d w i t h t h e g o a l s of communicating i d e a s a n d b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t r e a d i n g s k i l l t o p u r s u e g e n e r a l r e a d i n g and l i t e r a r y s t u d y i n F r e n c h . TERM I 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-20 1 HIS 56234156334 QUELVS, COURTESANS AND CONSORTS N&on A b a s i c c o u r s e i n t h e development of a n c i e n t c i v i l i z a t i o n , f o c u s i n g on t h e c e n t r a l theme of t h e p l a c e of women, b o t h publ i c and p r i v a t e , w i t h i n t h a t c u l t u r e . TERM I1 10:25-11:50 a.m. M-F S-34 GERMAN IWTERDISCIPLINARY GER 72111 BEGINNING GERMAN I -sx~nm&z Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n G e r man. TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. M-F S-201 Steinm&z GER 72112 BEGINNING GERMAN T I For s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d 72111 o r e q u i v a l e n t o r l e s s t h a n two y e a r s of h i g h s c h o o l German. TERM I1 7: 15-8:40 a.m. ?I-F S-20 1 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION E.NeRnon, SaugenRad An a n a l y s i s o f d r u g a b u s e and what c a n b e done f o r t h e a b u s e s . A l s o i n c l u d e s American Red C r o s s F i r s t Aid c o u r s e . TERM I 7:lO-9:40 a.m. M-F G-12 ** INS 60110/60310 SICEKTFNNIAL SPECIAL: POlJER I N AHERICA P + Z L Lm~ d Py.'iud The s o c i a l s c i e n c e , h i s t o r i c a l and l i t e r a l v i a r p o i n c s of power; i t s h o l d e r s , t h e a d a p t i o n of t h o s e l e s s p o w e r f u l a n d t h e d i f f u s i o n of power t o o t h e r p o p u l a t i o n s w i l l b e i n c l u d e d . 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T , Th TERM 11 L- 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Reichenbach Examination of t h e r u l e s which g o v e r n v a l i d a r g u m e n t s ; d e v e l o p a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. TERM I 8:30-9:40 a.m. & 11:lO-12:20 p.m. M-F L-4, L-1 ** PHI 83450 PHILOSOPHIES OF FEYINISM P h i l o s o p h i c a l a n a l y s i s of key concepts of feminism i n myth, l i t e r a t u r e , r e l i g i o n and a r t ; t h e o r i e s and i m p l i c a t i o n s of matr i a r c h i a l l p a t r i a r c h i a l , pro-feministlanti-feminist c u l t u r e s , c o u r t l y and romantic l o v e , and t h e c u l t of t h e v i r g i n . No prerequisites TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. Y-F L- 1 . PHYSICS PHY 84101 Pa& on ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e c o u r s e of o u r s o l a r system, s t a r s , and gal- a x i e s . Requires elementary a l g e b r a . TERM 11 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ?I,W PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY MLLJL~u An examination o f t h e i d e a o f "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . TERM 11 12:OO-1:25 p.m. M-F L- 1 PSY 86493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Andexegg P o i n t s of view w i t h i n b e h a v i o r a l s c i e n c e on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . P r e r e q u i s i t e : 3 courses i n Psychology. TERM 1 11:lO-1:40 p.m. M-F MH- 1 MH- 1 RELIGION POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES Sten5 hoed A s u r v e y of American law and l e g a l p r o c e s s . T h e o r i e s of law; law and s o c i e t y ; r o l e s of c o u r t s , p o l i c e , l a w y e r s , and j u r i e s ; t h e U.S. C o n s t i t u t i o n a s "supreme" law; law as p o l i t i c s ; h i s t o r i c and contemporary l e g a l i s s u e s . TERN 11 10:25-11:50 a.m. N-F MH-1 POL 85295 SEMINAR: GANES OF POLITICS Hedbdom An approach t o t h e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and p r o c e s s e s through s i m u l a t i o n . TERU 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. N-F Place a r r . Hedbdom POL 85342 YASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l publ i c relations. ERA4 1 12:30-3:20 p.m. M-Th L- 1 * REL 87111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Quad ecir An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e d i a l o g u e between t h e church and t h e world view which concerns Christian doctrine. 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F L- 1 TERM 11 ** REL 87372 RELIGIONS OF INDIA: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM. 8en.6on H i s t o r i c a l , l i t e r a r y and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e r s p e c t i v e s from a n t i q u i t y t o t h e p r e s e n t . Uses primary t e x t s , f i l m s of Hindu ritual. TERM 11 8:50-10: 15 a.m. M-F L-1 ** REL 87369 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe P a r t i c u l a r i t i e s of r e l i g i o u s discernment, symbolism and world view w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n c o n v e r s a t i o n format. 9:50-12:20 p.m. M-F S-205 TERM 1 SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 86 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Fehcju OM-1,Mahhen-11 Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . TEa.1 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. Y-F L-1 (Fe~cjuon) TERM 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. M-F S-34 (hiahken] ** PSY SOC 94231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY Maeheb An examination of t h e p a i r e d r e l a t i o n s h i p i n mass s o c i e t y ; t h e p r o c e s s of d a t i n g and mate s e l e c t i o n ; m a r r i a g e and i t s a l t e r n a t i v e s ; and t h e dynamics and s t r u c t u r e of t h e f a m i l y u n i t . TERM 1 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F S-34 SOC 94241 86130 COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT Dyhud A s t u d y w i l l b e made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of e v e n t s , t h e s t a g e s , and example i n language, reasoning and judgement. Field t r i p . $5 m a t e r i a l s f e e . TERhi 11 8:50-10:15 a.m. Y-F ?lH- 1 PSY 8635 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Jchmon A c t i v e i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l i m p l i c a t i o n s and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and t'neory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development of c h i l d r e n . TERM I 7: 10-9:40 a.m. TI-F S-205 *(I( t.ie PbyCjloLogq C O ~ &Zed, ~ A E d u c d o n heqLLihement. u,rCI, - PSY b6105 meea .the Genehd - .-- INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY G e ~ ~ a h o THE CHILD'S WORLD: An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. TERM I 8:30-11:OO a.m. M-F MH- 1 ** SOC 94255 YOUTH WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Wagnu Wilderness camping a s focus f o r b u i l d i n g groups and i n d i vidual relationships. Add. $60 f e e . Time a r r . TERM 11 PERSONS I N GOOD STANDING a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s of s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer S c h o o l . Good s t a n d i n g i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n dropped by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augnbutg CoLCsge dcri -tire F& Tern 0 6 Lize cuhyyem m e e&g.ibBe t o attend .%InIm~h Sdlool, a5 ahe p C h 5 O r z h admiLted by otheh coLLeg~5 6oh t h e ha?? 0 6 t k i a yeah. I F REGULARLY ATTENDING OR ADMITTED t o a n o t h e r e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n , t h e a p p l i c a n t must p r o v i d e Augsburg Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e ment from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l of h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n s . Credits (A form f o r t h i s p u r p o s e i s a t t h e b o t t o m of t h i s p a g e . ) c a n n o t b e t r a n s f e r r e d u n t i l t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . OTHER PERSONS whlzing t o .take bwnmeh school tuohk nizodd contact Rhe D i h e c t o ~0 6 Sunnnek School t o ancehtain &ig-ibiLLty u n d u opecide cihcmtancch . fst,fzn. TF.& < 3 : 3Ct-,i 1 :-OQ a:.rri . ,,cS.nlq.;es - .* ,\ .L I ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t imply a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t of Augsburg C o l l e g e . Persons wishing t o begin a degree program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d a p p l y f o r a d m i s s i o n t h r o u g h t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. c&: L6 ? € T n ,. bi.-g 5-34 ; C:G.tTviE r ' S , w x g S 3SS%2iiatkn ar.4 ;ri-.tics i n s ?uryterLing and ( T h i s form i s t o b e u s e d by s t u d e n t s r e g u l a r l y a t t e n d i n g i n s t i t u t i o n s o t h e r t n a n Augsburg C o l l e g e . Augsburg Summer S c h o o l c r e d i t s may b e t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n i f a p p r o v a l i s g r a n t e d by t n a t c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y . ) - .%LLP,r,,bIS:T?)W~ ~ O ~ ~ I C TI $f O V %:A!&&$~l%' &e.ilirig t:r'i-t%, t h r advarc?? 8 t e ~ s sO F tell?vislo% v r o b u z i n g and 3irecCLnq. a m 6:5G-JO:33.p.b.'f?-T77 MB-2 S2Z- $824: .- $- ,,urse S t u d e n t ' s Name: z College o r University: The p e r s o n named above i s a s t u d e n t i n good s t a n d i n g and i s p e r m i t t e d t o e a r n summer s c n o o l c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . 332 983x5 ~,~;sc;(ss,op o m - 2 : ~ r i ; s g ~ . ? . . ~ ,-- ~~~-~~~~~~.~~~dj,, Sf gT3& 6~7~;1&!icsi z s&,,t 6. R e s t r i c t i o n s o r q u a l i f i c a t i o n s , i f any: C of t h e :roll? - -Sagn -uhe aiiz I bfle -- ~ m - ~ = ~ e i = - ( R e t w completed damn t o Summeh ScCzool, Augbbwrg CoUege, Minneapa&, Mn. 5 5 4 5 4 ) t A U G S B U R G S U M M E R S C H O O L A P P L I C A T I O N FULL NAME: last first middle o r maiden AUGSBURG STUDENT NUMBER ( i f any) PRESENT ADDRESS: PERMANENT ADDRESS: street city state county i~ telephone street City state county zip telephone PLEASE CHECR AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS: I am now a s t u d e n t a t Augsburg College and have been s i n c e -I p r e v i o u s l y a t t e n d e d Augsburg College (When?) . n o t a n Augsburg s t u d e n t b u t a t t e n d -II am am t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg; I (have) -I have earned a b a c h e l o r ' s degree from (have n o t ) been admitted. College. have been admitted t o Augsburg a s a Freshman f o r n e x t f a l l . I p l a n t o a t t e n d Augsburg College only f o r t h e Summer School. -I - -So. -Jr. -Sr. -Other My PRESENT classification:-Fr. THE MAXIMUM LOAD FOR TERM I I S ONE COURSE. I1 IS TWO COURSES. THE MAXIMUM FOR TERM I plan t o t a k e t h e f o l l o w i n g courses: TERM DFPT. ,COUKSENO. SECT. , ABBREVIATED COURSE TITLE I I f my above courses a r e c a n c e l l e d , I would s u b s t i t u t e t h e following: A non-m6wrdabt.e t&tion d e p o ~ do d $30.00 muax a ~ n p a n y.tkid 60m. U chrvrgeb do* TERM 1 wt Ckeckd nne payable ;to Axgbuhg College. A be paid &I 6uR.t n o t eatm d?a Tueddaq, Jule T , 1976. TERM I I chnngea mwt be paidno2 & ~ r . t h a n Jwe 2 8 , r976. R e h m 60mand d e p o b i L to S U W R SCHOOL, AUGSBURG COLLEGE, MIMMEAPOLIS, W 5 5 4 5 4 -- DATE: =.- : ---19 76 STGNATURE: I
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experi